home
***
CD-ROM
|
disk
|
FTP
|
other
***
search
/
Cream of the Crop 1
/
Cream of the Crop 1.iso
/
PRINTER
/
LASR400.ARJ
/
LASR-MAN.DOC
< prev
next >
Wrap
Text File
|
1992-07-31
|
306KB
|
7,937 lines
Ç ────────────────────────────────────────────
Ç ┼┐════════════════════════════════════════════
╔╬╗ ┴
╨║╨ ┐
╔╩╗ ┴
╨ ╨
▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█
▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒▒█
▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒█
▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀
Welcome to LASR-MAN, a utility program to print
text files on a laser printer in a variety of styles!
▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
U S E R M A N U A L
Version 4.0
Release July 31, 1992
▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄
Copyright 1990-1992 by Micrometric.
All rights reserved.
LASR-MAN is distributed as SHAREWARE and, as such, may be copied and shared on a
private non-commercial basis with others in its unmodified form. Liability is
limited to replacing the software for registered users. There is no liability
for any damage or loss caused by this software, directly or indirectly.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌───────┐ │█
│ ┌────┴──┐ │ (R) │█
│ ──│ │O │─────────────────── │█
│ │ ┌────┴╨─┐ │ Association of │█
│ │ │ │─┘ Shareware │█
│ └──│ O │ Professionals │█
│ ─────│ ║ │───────────────────── │█
│ └───╨───┘ MEMBER │█
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█
██████████████████████████████████████████████████
If you have problems with this program, or want to send comments, manual correc-
tions, configuration files for other printers that you want to share, or en-
hancement suggestions, you may call or mail them to:
Micrometric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
The Micrometric Software Support BBS provides availability of and technical
support for the Micrometric ■■■■-MAN series of shareware programs. First time
callers have access to the board and can leave messages or download re-
plies/current shareware releases. Registered users may also download the latest
Beta test software releases, when available.
Additionally, you can send routed E-Mail via the RIME(tm) network to David
Groome at the ->ACTION node in the ASP, Laser, Batch, Common, or Shareware con-
ferences. I also check CompuServe (71631,744), but only on an infrequent basis.
PKZIP, PKUNZIP, and PKSFX are trademarks of PKWARE, Inc.
LaserJet is a trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
IBM PC, XT, AT, and PC-DOS are registered trademarks of the IBM Corporation.
MS-DOS is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Major Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Print Style Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Manual Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
■■■■-MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a Diskette Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
From a BBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Registered Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
RUNNING LASR-MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Command Line/Environment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Summary of All Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Archive Bit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Change Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Cover File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Drive-Directory Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
File - File Mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Option File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Option Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Paper Bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Reverse Second Pass Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Style of Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Title (Header/Footer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
User Display Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
User Menu Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
HELP Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ESCAPE Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
File View Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Actions and Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Disk Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Printer Not Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
MAIN MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Background Information Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Operation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Main Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
DIRECTORY FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Data path [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Change confg [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Restore Path [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Restore Conf [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
OPTIONS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Paper Size [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Style of Output [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pages/Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Text Pages/Book Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Option File [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Cover file [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Page Title [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
User level [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Option Switches [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
File Page Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Switch Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Print Form Feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Title Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Page Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Page Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Blank Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
No Left Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Spaces/Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Tab Print Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
U_Line Toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Text Word Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Change menu colors [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Reload the Defaults [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Line/Page Limit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Monitor [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
FILES SELECT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
File Selection/Tag [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
File Mask [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Archive bit [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PRINT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Paper Bin [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Print these Selected Files [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 115
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 115
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page 116
4
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page 116
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book
Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Stapling Pamphlets and Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
EXIT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Return to DOS [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cancel [Normal] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Save Options [Advanced] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
LASR-MAN FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS LASR-MAN Version 4.0
6
INTRODUCTION
LASR-MAN prints ASCII text files (those without format control characters) on a
laser printer in any of thirty-six styles. Available styles include: normal
portrait or landscape orientation, each with five font sizes ranging from ten to
thirty-two characters per inch; multiple pages per paper sheet - two, four,
eight, or sixteen; individual files, where each is printed in the form of a
pamphlet; groups of files printed together, each file as a chapter, in the form
of a book. See the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW", later in this chapter, for a
more complete description of all of the available print styles.
LASR-MAN can dramatically decrease the amount of paper required to print many of
your documents - by as much as 93%. It can also save laser toner (except for the
Pica pitch, the characters are smaller) and wear and tear on the printer (less
paper passing through). It's great for use with draft documents, user manuals,
program listings and manuals, wide spreadsheets, database listings, etc. You can
select the print pitch size based on usage: normal and medium sizes for everyday
use, small and tiny print for draft, occasional, and archival purposes.
Many options are available including custom header/footer page titles, cover
files, and menu option/file(s) selection. Other options include user levels,
menu colors, selection of only files that have been changed, customizable page
header, starting new files on the next page or the next odd page, and substitu-
tion of spaces for tabs. The configuration file includes commands for printing
on letter, legal, and A4 size paper.
LASR-MAN options may be specified in an environment variable, on the program's
command line, from a file of saved options, or by menu selection while the pro-
gram is running. Files to be printed may be selected in the same manner.
One option of especial importance is that of USER LEVEL. There are three user
levels available within the system: "Normal", "Advanced", and "Expert". These
user levels control the number of available options and the background informa-
tion displays.
LASR-MAN prints only unformatted ASCII files. If you use it to print a .COM file
or a document generated by a word processor such as WordPerfect and stored in
that word processor's format, the output will look strange. To print a document
generated from a word processor and normally stored in it's format, first have
the word processor program store the document in the unformatted "ASCII" form.
The only control characters that are passed from the text file to the printer
are carriage return (13), line feed (10), and form feed (12). The tab character
(9) is converted to spaces. All other control characters (0-31) are replaced by
a '■', or, optionally, another user selected character. Valid characters
(32-255) are printed "as-is".
The default printer commands are configured for use with several Hewlett-Packard
LaserJet printer models. However all printer commands are available to the user
in the configuration file and each may be changed for use with other printers.
See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for information on changing the
printer commands and messages.
7
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Major Features
Printing
* Sixteen Major Print Styles:
- Single and double sided standard portrait type orientation.
- Single and double sided standard landscape type orientation.
- Single and double sided landscape type with two pages/sheet side.
- Single and double sided portrait type with four pages/sheet side.
- Single and double sided landscape type with eight pages/sheet side.
- Pamphlet type - four, eight, or sixteen pages per sheet.
- Book type (a merge of multiple files into one document) - four, eight, or
sixteen pages per sheet.
* Five character pitch options with standard portrait and landscape type orien-
tation: ten, twelve, seventeen, twenty-three, or thirty-two characters per
inch.
* Print up to seventy-file files of 5000 pages in one program pass.
* Support for printing of letter, legal, and A4 paper sizes.
* Ability to select and print cover files before other selected files.
* Three paging options for Book and Pamphlet styles: one, two, or four text
pages per book page.
* Optional three segment page header/footer title that may be customized to
include user entered data, the file name, its last date and time updated,
current date and time, and the page number.
* Variety of option switches for output formatting:
- Page title left and right segments may be reversed on even pages.
- Option to allow a half-inch binding border.
- Menu selection from ten page divider styles for multiple text pages per
side.
- Horizontal or vertical text page flow for 4 and 8 pages per side output
styles.
- Options to suppress blank lines and/or left margins on output.
- Define how many spaces text tabs represent; how many space wide they will
print.
- Blocks of text may be underlined on output by use of a user specified text
underline toggle character.
Operation
* Multiple menu and display user levels - Normal, Advanced, and Expert.
* Menu selection of paper size and paper source bin using a configuration file
that is user-editable; override any parameter(s) with selectable change con-
figuration files.
* No need to type the paths and names of files to be printed.
* Determine the required number of printed pages for any file before its print
selection.
* Change the program options and save the changes in a named option file. These
options may then be reloaded any time that the program is run.
* Ability to select only files whose archive bit is on and then turn it off
after printing.
* Specify the file names to be displayed and then tagged for printing with DOS
wildcard characters.
* Tag individual files or groups of files on the selected directory for print-
8
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
ing.
* Preview how a file's pages will look when printed before selecting the file
or before printing it.
* Determine the pages/sheets required for the currently marked files during
selection.
* Second pass print messages may be user-edited.
* May be set for reverse printing of the second print pass to allow for the use
of any input tray.
Structure
* User interface is with pop-up window menus whose colors are user- selectable.
* Menus follow the IBM SAA/CUA (System Application Architecture-Common Usage
Access) guidelines.
* Automatic color display on systems so equipped - user may set menu colors.
* Specify most options in the Environment and/or on the program's command line
and then be able to over-ride them with the program's menus.
* Context sensitive help available for all actions.
* Special document files to assist in determining the proper operating proce-
dures for the various printer setups and printing styles.
* Indexed manual may be printed with this program.
* Registered users may suppress the shareware reminder message displays and
receive a printed/bound manual along with a brand program that will register
the program.
9
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Print Style Overview
LASR-MAN will print text documents in either portrait or landscape orientation
on a laser printer. PORTRAIT orientation is where the long side of the paper is
on the left and right edge, and the short side is on the top and bottom edge of
the paper sheet, as shown below.
NOTE The style diagrams in this section denote one side of a paper sheet
with a single closed boxed line. A text page is depicted using the '░'
character.
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 32 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ long side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
LANDSCAPE TYPE orientation has the long side as the top and bottom edge and the
short side on the left and right edge, as shown below.
╔════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 1 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 10, 12, 17, 23, or 32 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ short side ──>│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
10
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
Additionally, more that one text page may be printed on one side of the paper.
The style summaries depicted above show only one text page per side while those
below show two, four, and eight text pages per side.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 2 or 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 17 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ PITCH: 32 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Horizontal │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
11
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
On sheets printed with either four or eight text pages per side, the page flow
may be either horizontal, as shown above, or vertical, as shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 1 or 2 │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 or 16 │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:7 │ ║
║ PITCH: 32 │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ PAGE FLOW: Vertical │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
12
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
Text files may also be printed in either the form of a pamphlet or a book.
A Pamphlet TYPE is defined within LASR-MAN as the text contents of a SINGLE file
printed on a set of paper sheets, such that it can be cut/folded in the form of
a pamphlet or booklet (cutting is only required for styles that print four or
eight pages per side).
Sample depictions of the output from either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style of
a single file each, containing only the number of pages that will fit on a sin-
gle sheet of paper, are shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║
║ PITCH: 17 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
13
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║
║ PITCH: 32 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:4 │ PAGE:13║ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:15│ ║
║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:8 │ PAGE:9 ║ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:11│ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ (Double line signifies to CUT the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
PAMPHLET TYPE output always prints individual files on separate sets of output
sheets. If two files are printed in PAMPHLET TYPE style at one time, the output
will consist of TWO separate sets of paper sheets, each one with the text con-
tents of only ONE of the two files.
A BOOK TYPE is printed in the same manner as the PAMPHLET TYPE, except there is
only one set of paper sheets of output, regardless of the number of files print-
ed at one time. Each file is treated as a chapter in the book, and these files
are printed one after another.
NOTE Printing a single file with either PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE style
will result in the same output.
14
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
The same two files are depicted below, first in PAMPHLET TYPE style, and then in
BOOK TYPE style.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├────┐ ║
║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 32│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │░░░ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ └────┬──────────────────────────────┘░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ these pamphlet sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:2░░░PAGE:3 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Book │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait or │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ├─┐ ║
║ Landscape │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2, 4, or 8 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ├─┐ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4, 8, or 16 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ PITCH: 17, 23, or 32 │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ │ ├─┐ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:12│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:1 │ │ │ │ │ ║
║ └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ │ ║
║ │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:10│ FILE:1░░░PAGE:3 │ │ │ │ ║
║ NOTE: Only the front of └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ │ ║
║ these book sheets │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:8 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:5 │ │ │ ║
║ is shown here. └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ │ ║
║ The remaining text pages │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:6 │ FILE:1░░░PAGE:7 │ │ ║
║ would be printed on the └─┬─────────────────────────────────┘ │ ║
║ back. │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:4 │ FILE:2░░░PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
PAMPHLET and BOOK type output may also have more than one text page per book
page. The three options of one, two, or four text pages per book page are graph-
ically shown below.
15
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 2 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 4 ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 1 ║
║ PITCH: 17 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ PAGE:1 │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 ║ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ STYLE: Pamphlet │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ or Book │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ ORIENTATION: Portrait │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 4 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 8 │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ │ ░░ PAGE:5 │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ │═══════════╪═══════════│ │═══════════╪═══════════│ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 2 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ PITCH: 23 │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
16
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ STYLE: Pamphlet or Book ║
║ ORIENTATION: Landscape ║
║ PAGES/SIDE: 8 ║
║ SIDES/SHEET: 2 ║
║ PAGES/SHEET: 16 ║
║ TEXT PAGES/ ║
║ BOOK PAGE: 4 ║
║ PITCH: 32 ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 ║ PAGE:9 │ PAGE:10│ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 ║ PAGE:11│ PAGE:12│ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ FRONT BACK ║
║ ▓▓ ═>BOOK PAGE 1 (Double line signifies to FOLD the sheets here) ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
All three of the last styles are useful when printing out large documents, the
last two especially for occasional use.
The following table presents a summary of the thirty-six LASR-MAN printing
styles currently available.
17
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ S T Y L E S U M M A R Y ║
╠═══════════╤═══════╤═══════╤══════╤═══════╤═══════════════════════════════════╣
║ │ │ │ │ │ PAPER SIZE ║
║ MAJOR │ SIDES │ PAGES │ PAGES│ PITCH ├───────────┬───────────┬───────────╢
║ STYLE │ ───── │ ───── │ ──── │ │ LETTER │ LEGAL │ A4 ║
║ TYPE │ SHEET │ SIDE │ BOOK │ ├─────┬─────┼─────┬─────┼─────┬─────╢
║ │ │ │ PAGE │ CPI* │ CPL*│ LPP*│ CPL │ LPP │ CPL │ LPP ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Portrait │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 32 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║
║ │ 1 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 80 │ 60 │ 80 │ 78 │ 77 │ 65 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 96 │ 81 │ 96 │ 105 │ 93 │ 87 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 133 │ 95 │ 133 │ 123 │ 129 │ 102 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 183 │ 131 │ 183 │ 169 │ 179 │ 140 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 32 │ 264 │ 166 │ 264 │ 213 │ 258 │ 176 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ - │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Landscape │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║
║ │ 1 │ 1 │ - │ 32 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║
║ │ 1 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 1 │ 8 │ - │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 10 │ 106 │ 45 │ 136 │ 45 │ 112 │ 43 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 12 │ 127 │ 61 │ 163 │ 60 │ 135 │ 59 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 17 │ 176 │ 72 │ 226 │ 72 │ 187 │ 70 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 23 │ 243 │ 98 │ 313 │ 98 │ 259 │ 94 ║
║ │ 2 │ 1 │ - │ 32 │ 351 │ 125 │ 451 │ 125 │ 374 │ 122 ║
║ │ 2 │ 2 │ - │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ - │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 58 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Pamphlet │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 69 ║
╟───────────┼───────┼───────┼──────┼───────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────╢
║ Book │ 2 │ 2 │ 1 │ 17 │ 81 │ 72 │ 106 │ 72 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 1 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 4 │ 2 │ 23 │ 81 │ 61 │ 81 │ 80 │ 81 │ 66 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 1 │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 69 ║
║ │ 2 │ 8 │ 4 │ 32 │ 81 │ 60 │ 106 │ 60 │ 86 │ 69 ║
╚═══════════╧═══════╧═══════╧══════╧═══════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╧═════╝
* CPI=Characters per inch CPL=Characters per line LPP=Lines per page
NOTE: If no header/footer is printed, the lines/page will be increased by two.
18
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
System Requirements
LASR-MAN will run on an IBM PC, XT, AT, or a true compatible. It has been tested
with PC-DOS/MS-DOS operating systems version 3.0 through 5.0. The program will
determine what type of display monitor is available and adjust itself accord-
ingly. The program was developed using a Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IIP, and
should work with any LaserJet compatible printer. The program may also be used
with other laser printers that use the Printer Control Language (PCL) after
defining their printer command codes in a configuration file. The configuration
file supplied was set up for a printer with PCL4 capability.
Manual Format
This manual is divided into several introductory chapters followed by a chapter
for each LASR-MAN function menu. The format of these chapters, and the informa-
tion presented therein, has been standardized using the following conventions.
Page layout - Each page has a header detailing the chapter and the program ver-
sion covered. A footer displays the manual page number.
Brackets and parentheses - Brackets, [...], are used in the manual and in the
help screens to specify what should be entered in response to the current
prompt. If a character string is to be entered, the type of character is noted,
such as ALPHA, NUMERIC, ANY, etc. Parentheses, (..), are used for comments.
Computer key conventions - Keys specified in the manual text that are not in
entry brackets are shown as reversed text, such as ESCAPE . All key references
are in capital letters for clarity.
Action steps - Some procedures may require selection from a menu of options,
inputting data, or following a sequence of operations. Most manual sections will
first give an overview of the function or task under discussion and then detail
the various action operating procedures. In order to make this manual easier to
use, a symbol, -> , marks the beginning of each of these action operating proce-
dures.
■■■■-MAN programs - The general group of shareware programs by Micrometric is
referred to by the name ■■■■-MAN. It may also be used in reference to a specific
program in that group.
Shareware distributed documentation manual - The documentation file included on
the shareware distribution diskette contains the same information as the printed
and bound manual, supplied as part of registration, with two exceptions, the
result of the word processor, formatting, and printer used. The first is that
all of the control display characters (ASCII 1-31) and the reverse print key-
board codes are NOT shown properly. Finally, bolding, underlining, and special
symbols are NOT present.
19
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Shareware
LASR-MAN is being distributed as SHAREWARE. The SHAREWARE concept allows users
to examine a program on a trial basis, at no (or minimal) charge, before pur-
chasing it. In addition, by decreasing marketing costs, professional quality
software may be distributed for a fraction of the cost of a comparable commer-
cial product. Regardless of whether you register the program, please help dis-
tribute LASR-MAN by sharing unmodified copies of it and its files with others.
You are hereby granted the right to use the LASR-MAN program for a thirty (30)
day evaluation period. If you find LASR-MAN of value, and continue to use it
after this evaluation period, YOU MUST REGISTER YOUR PROGRAM USE. This will
provide you with:
* A 7" x 8 1/2" printed and bound manual.
* LASR-MAN phone or mail support for one year.
* Notification of the next LASR-MAN release.
* Sharing and exchange of LASR-MAN configuration files.
* Ability to suppress the shareware registration reminder message displayed
at the end of the program.
* An installation/update/registration branding program.
* Sincere thanks for your support of the SHAREWARE concept.
A Single System Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR-MAN program on a single computer.
A Site License Program Registration entitles the user to unlimited use of the
LASR-MAN program on all computers, including networks, at a single corporate
location.
Program Registration, Single System . . . . . $35.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Program Registration, Site License . . . . $350.
Includes latest version diskette and manual
Latest Version Diskette only . . . . . . . . $10.
Shipping - Surface (for outside of USA/Canada only)$5.
Shipping - Air (for outside of USA/Canada only) $10.
COD and credit card orders, add 5%.
Florida residents, add 7% sales tax.
ADDRESS: Micrometric
98 Dade Avenue
Sarasota, FLorida 34232-1609 USA
PHONE: Tech Support . . (813) 377-2515
FAX . . . . . . . (813) 377-2091
Support BBS . . . (813) 371-2490
Order Line . . . (800) 929-0184
For ease in program registration, a registration order form may be printed at
the program exit or there is a quick registration form that is available with
the program F1 help key.
20
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INTRODUCTION
This program is produced by a member of the Association of Shareware Profession-
als (ASP). ASP wants to make sure that the shareware principal works for you. If
you are unable to resolve a shareware-related problem with an ASP member by
contacting the member directly, ASP may be able to help. The ASP Ombudsman can
help you resolve a dispute or problem with an ASP member, but does not provide
technical support for members' products. Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at
545 Grover Road, Muskegon, MI 49442-9427, send a CompuServe message via easyplex
to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536, or by FAX to the ASP FAX number: (616) 788-2765. In
communications with the Ombudsman please include a telephone number and/or FAX
if available.
21
INTRODUCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
22
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
From a Diskette Vendor
If the LASR-MAN program has been obtained from a diskette vendor, you should
follow any of their instruction on unpacking/installing the programs (if indeed
they have separate instructions.) The program, and its files, is normally sup-
plied as a self extracting file whose name is "LASR@xxx.EXE" (xxx is the ver-
sion, such as "LASR@100").
This file should first be copied to a directory on your hard disk. This direc-
tory may be a new one, such as one named "LP", and created specifically for
LASR-MAN, or a current one, such as "UTILITY", that has other programs/files.
For information on creating a separate directory, see your DOS manual.
NOTE FOR BEST OPERATION, ALL REQUIRED LASR-MAN FILES *SHOULD* BE PLACED ON
PATH REFERENCED SUBDIRECTORIES! For more information, see the section
"INSTALLATION ON NON-PATH REFERENCED DIRECTORIES" below, and the chap-
ter "RUNNING LASR-MAN".
NOTE LASR-MAN Version 4.0 data files are not compatible with the data files
used by earlier versions. Therefore, for those upgrading from previous
versions of LASR-MAN, it is recommended that all the previous version's
files either be erased from the hard disk or moved to another non-path
directory. The only exception, for registered users, is the registra-
tion file, "LASR-MAN.REG". This file should remain on the directory
where the old version was, and the new version is now being installed.
Once the file is copied to the desired hard disk directory, at the DOS prompt
change to this drive directory, and then type the EXE file name (such as
"LASR@100") and press ENTER . This will unpack all of the LASR-MAN files.
From a BBS
If the LASR-MAN file was downloaded from a Bulletin Board, it should first be
copied to a directory as defined above, and then unpacked, using whatever pro-
gram is specified by the Bulletin Board. It is normally distributed with a name
of "LASR@vvv.ZIP" (vvv is the version) or "LASRMN.ZIP".
The user manual (this document) may be printed out by LASR-MAN, but only after
it is installed. (Sort of like the chicken and egg problem, isn't it!)
Registered Version
Registered users should use the program "INSTALL", that is supplied upon regis-
tration. This program will create a registration file which will, in turn, sup-
press the shareware registration reminders. If the system is already installed,
and only "BRANDING" the system with the registration information is desired, you
can run the program "LASR-MAN", and when exiting, select the "BRAND" option by
pressing F4 .
-> To install LASR-MAN on your hard disk, follow the steps detailed below:
1. Place the LASR-MAN distribution diskette in your floppy diskette drive.
23
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 4.0
2. At the DOS prompt, change to the drive in which the distribution diskette
is located. For example, if the diskette was placed in drive A, type A
: and press ENTER .
3. Type I N S T A L L and press ENTER . The installation pro-
gram will then be loaded, and its display should be as shown below.
╒═╡ INSTallation MANagement Program/One System Started at═>07-31-92 03:00 ╞═╕
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄░│
│░ Ç═ ░░█ ░░░▄ ░░█░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀░░█▀▀▀ ░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█░│
│░ ┌┼┐ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█░░░░░░░░▄ ░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█░│
│░ ┌┴┐ ░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█ ░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█░│
│░═┴═┴═░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░░░░░░░█ ░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█░│
│░ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀░│
╘╡ INSTALL/1 Version 3.00 Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>Exit│ENTER/[char]>Select│ HomeEnd│
NOTE Context sensitive help is available from this point in the installa-
tion program on, by pressing the F1 key. For more information on
the help available, see the "Help Key" section in the "Running
LASR-MAN" chapter.
4. If a color video card is detected, the following prompt will be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ Color Monitor Card Detected ╞═╗ │
│ ║ Use the color display ║█ │
│ ║ Force a monochrome display ║█ │
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> If your system has a color monitor, press U .
-> If your system has a monochrome or LCD display, press F .
5. A selection list of all path referenced directories is next displayed.
NOTE FOR BEST OPERATION, ALL REQUIRED LASR-MAN FILES *SHOULD* BE PLACED
ON PATH REFERENCED SUBDIRECTORIES!
Although LASR-MAN will run from a non-path directory, placing its
24
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
files on any path-referenced directory(s) allows the directory from
which files are to be printed to be set as the current directory,
before executing the program.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Select the INSTALLATION DIRECTORY ├─┐ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\DOS-500 │█ │
│ │ C:\UTILITY │█ │
│ │ C:\ZIP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ │ User Defined Drive-Directory Path │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To select one of the path referenced directories on which to install
LASR-MAN, move the highlight bar to the desired one and press ENTER .
-> To specify a non-path referenced directory on which to install
LASR-MAN, press U and then press ENTER . A data entry window for the
installation path will then be displayed, as shown below (with an exam-
ple path already entered). Enter the desired drive and directory path
on which to install LASR-MAN, using the control keys described on the
bottom help line.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Enter Path ├────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ C:\LASR.......................................................... │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel defining the path, press ESCAPE . The program will return
to directory selection.
-> To accept the path as entered and edited, press ENTER . If the
specified directory does not currently exist, the following message
will be displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ The drive-directory path as entered DOES NOT currently exist. │█ │
│ │ This directory WILL NOW BE created. │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel creation of this directory, press ESCAPE .
-> To create the specified directory, press ENTER . If the speci-
fied drive is invalid or the requested installation directory's
parent does not exist, an error message will be displayed. Press
any key, and then re-edit the installation path.
6. If more than one system is available for installation, a SYSTEM TO INSTALL
selection menu will be displayed, as shown below.
25
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 4.0
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═══╡ Select the SYSTEM TO INSTALL ╞═════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ ENVI-MAN Environment data summary, environ. space remaining ║█ │
│ ║ FILE-MAN Menu driven DOS file manager, directory tree ║█ │
│ ║ LASR-MAN Print text files on a laser printer, 36 print styles ║█ │
│ ║ MENU-MAN Display custom user selection menus from batch files ║█ │
│ ║ PATH-MAN Determines if a file is on a PATH directory ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To terminate the installation program at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To select the SYSTEM TO INSTALL, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to in with the arrow keys and press ENTER .
7. A list of all LASR-MAN files is next displayed, along with an INSTALLATION
FUNCTION menu. The normal sequence of operations is to first "Install" the
LASR-MAN program and files, and then "Brand" the system with your name and
serial number.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Select the INSTALLATION FUNCTION ╞═══════════════════╕ │
│ │ Install system Brand system eXit │█ │
│ ╘════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ File Name Status Hard Disk Path/File Description LASR-MAN FILES ╞═╕ │
││ System═>LASR-MAN Print text files on a laser printer, 36 print styles│█│
││ LASR-MAN.EXE PROCESS Laser printer utility program │█│
││ YYYY.YYY PROCESS Other files... │█│
│╘═╡ INSTALLATION PATH═>C:\LASR ╞════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To install LASR-MAN on the hard disk, insure that the highlight bar is
on the "INSTALL SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . Each of the file(s)
will be copied to the selected installation drive-directory.
NOTE A happy face symbol after any of the system's file names de-
notes that this file is already on the hard disk. During in-
stallation it will be replaced, on the directory where it
currently resides, not the INSTALLATION DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH.
When all files have been copied to the hard disk, a copy complete mes-
sage is displayed.
26
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ FILE COPY COMPLETED. │█ │
│ │ All of the required LASR-MAN files are on the hard disk. │█ │
│ │ ═══> LASR-MAN IS READY TO RUN. <═══ │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the installation at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue with the installation, press any other key. The high-
light bar will then be on the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION.
8. -> To brand the system with your name and serial number, move the high-
light bar to the "BRAND SYSTEM" FUNCTION and press ENTER . A REGISTRA-
TION INFORMATION data entry window will be displayed, as shown below,
with sample data already entered.
NOTE This step is REQUIRED for LASR-MAN to be registered. Also, if
you move the LASR-MAN files to another drive-directory you
will need to "BRAND" the system again.
Enter your company and/or your name, and then the system registration
number. Your registration number is located on the back of the front
cover of this manual.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ REGISTRATION INFORMATION ├────────┐ │
│ │ Name ABC COMPANY, George Jones │█ │
│ │ Registration number 12345678 │█ │
│ └─────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To accept either the name or registration number after entry and
editing, press ENTER . A message will be displayed after the regis-
tration number is entered. It's contents are dependent on whether
the registration number is valid. Both messages are shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├──────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN serial number entered is VALID. │█ │
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN serial number entered is INVALID! │█ │
│ │ Please try again. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To continue with the installation program, press any key. If the
27
INSTALLING THE SYSTEM LASR-MAN Version 4.0
registration number was valid, the "EXIT" option is highlighted.
If it was invalid, select the "BRAND SYSTEM" option again.
9. -> To exit from the installation program, move the highlight bar to the
"EXIT" FUNCTION and press ENTER . If the system has been properly
branded, the program will exit, and LASR-MAN is ready for use. If the
system has not been branded, an error message is displayed, as shown
below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ This system has not been 'BRANDED'. │█ │
│ │ In order to be registered, it must first be 'BRANDED'! │█ │
│ │ To exit without BRANDING, press ESCAPE. │█ │
│ │ To continue with the INSTALL program, press any other key. │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Installation on Non-Path Referenced Directories
If the LASR-MAN files are not located on PATH referenced directories, then, when
executing LASR-MAN, either:
1. The drive-directory on which they are located must be made the current
one, or
2. The drive-directory on which they are located must be specified on the
command line.
See the chapter "Running LASR-MAN" for more complete details on operation if the
files are not located on path directories.
28
RUNNING LASR-MAN
The syntax for running LASR-MAN is:
[d:][directory_path]LASR-MAN [option_a][option_b][...]
where: d: is the drive on which LASR-MAN.EXE is located.
directory_path is the path to the subdirectory on which the program
is located.
option_x are various program options whose functions and format are
described below.
NOTE Drive and directory path are not required if LASR-MAN.EXE, and its
associated files are located on PATH referenced directories.
-> To run LASR-MAN properly one of the following three conditions must be
met:
1. LASR-MAN is located on a path referenced directory.
2. LASR-MAN is located on the current drive and directory.
3. The drive and directory on which LASR-MAN is located are specified on
the command line before the program name.
The command line options provide information to LASR-MAN that will override the
default options in effect at the beginning of the program.
These options may also be specified by use of an environment variable, "LASER".
For example, to set tabs equal to four spaces and the STYLE OF OUTPUT for PAM-
PHLET TYPE, the following DOS command can be used:
set LASER=/WA4/SB
Additionally, all of these options, except for GRAPHICS, may be changed within
the program. The order in which the LASR-MAN options are set is:
1. Program stored default settings.
2. Environment variable "LASER".
3. Command line options.
4. Program menus.
29
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Command Line/Environment Options
The format of the LASR-MAN program options is:
/{X}{option_value}
where: X is the option code which may be either lower or upper case.
option_value is the data required for setting this specific option.
A value of '*' will select the default for that option.
NOTE The options may appear in any order in the environment variable or
on the command line. Each option must be preceded by a '/'. Spaces
may be used after any option string for clarity but they are not re-
quired.
An example of two options used to set LASR-MAN for the BOOK STYLE OF OUTPUT
and use a legal paper size:
/SM/ZL
30
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Summary of All Available Options
The individual LASR-MAN command line/environment options are listed below, and
then detailed in the following sections in alphabetical order.
Archive Bit Status Which files will be displayed for selection
Change Configuration FileModify the printer command parameters of the execution
only
Cover File . . . Specify a cover file to print before other selected files
Drive-Directory PathThe drive-directory from which files will be select-
ed/printed
File - File Mask The file to be printed or the file mask to use for selection
Graphics . . . . How fast the logo animation will be displayed
Line/page limit . Maximum lines per page for the selected files
Monitor . . . . . Can force a monochrome display
Option File . . . Option file of saved setting to load
Option Switches . Individual option switch settings
Paper Bin . . . . Paper bin of paper to print
Paper Size . . . Size of printed output
Pitch . . . . . . Character font to use for the printed output
Reverse Second Pass Printing Reverses the order in which the second printing
pass will be done
Style of Output . Selected style type of output
Title . . . . . . Text page header/footer
User Display Level Background information display
User Menu Level . Function menu options that will be available
31
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Archive Bit Status
A [archive] The ARCHIVE OPTION specifies which files will be displayed for se-
lection: all files or only those that have changed and that have their
archive bit set on.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may
be reset after the file(s) is printed.
C on, Clear Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL BE set to off after the file is
printed.
E Either on/off (Default) All files regardless of their archive bit
status will be available for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be
changed after the file is printed.
O On, leave Only files with their archive bit on will be available
for selection. The archive bit WILL NOT be changed after the file is
printed.
An example archive option to use only changed files:
/AO
32
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Change Configuration File
C [change configuration] The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE OPTION allows the print-
er parameters to be modified for the current program execution only.
-> To use modified parameters, create a parameter file with an exten-
sion of ".LMC". For an example of the format of this file, see
"NONOPAGE.LMC". See the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" for
information on changing the printer commands and creating change
files.
-> The syntax to specify the path of a change configuration parameter
file is:
[{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMC", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example change configuration file specification is:
/CE:\UTILITY\LP\NEW1-CONT.LMC
33
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Cover File
V [coVer] The COVER FILE OPTION specifies a cover file, one with an extension
of ".LMV" normally located on a path referenced directory, to be print-
ed before the selected files(s). For more details on cover files, see
the section "COVER FILES" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter.
-> The syntax to specify the path of a cover file is:
[{drive:}{directory path}file_name.extension]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMV", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example cover file specification is:
/VE:\UTILITY\LASR-MAN\LISTINGS.LMV
34
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Drive-Directory Path
D [drive-directory] The DRIVE-DIRECTORY PATH OPTION may be used to specify the
drive and directory from which files are to be selected and printed.
-> The syntax to specify a drive and directory for the files to be
printed other than the current one is:
[{drive:}{directory_path}]
-> To specify use of the drive and directory that were the current ones
when the program was loaded, use:
[*]
This will also over-ride any drive-directory specified in an ini-
tially loaded option file. For instance, if the default option file
"LASR-MAN.LMO" contains a drive-directory option, but the command
line option "/D*" is used, the drive-directory in effect when the
program is loaded will be used.
An example drive-directory specification is:
/DE:\COMPILER\SOURCE
35
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
File - File Mask
F [file] The FILE OPTION may be used to select a single file for printing or
to specify a group of files to be displayed for printing selection. The
default value is "*.*".
-> The syntax to specify a single file to be printed is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE Using this option, the file selection/tag process is auto-
matic if the file specified is located on the selected
drive/directory.
-> The syntax to specify a file mask for file printing selection is:
[filename.extension]
NOTE The normal DOS wildcard characters of '?' and '*' may be
used.
An example file specification is:
/FLASR-MAN.DOC
An example file mask specification of w?l?c?r?.* is:
/FW?L?C?R?.*
36
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Graphics
G [graphics] The GRAPHICS OPTION specifies how fast the logo graphics anima-
tion will be displayed during the wait for Function/Option selection.
The default graphics option is 25.
nnn Display the animation logo graphics at this relative speed where
nnn is a one to three digit number (1 is faster, 999 is slower).
NOTE Registered users have two additional GRAPHICS OPTIONS avail-
able -
0 Display the logo graphics but suppress the animation.
-1 Suppress the logo graphics display and animation.
An example graphics option to speed up the animation is:
/G15
37
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Line/page limit
I [lIne/page limit] The LINE/PAGE LIMIT OPTION specifies the maximum lines per
page for the selected text files. It is especially useful where the
input file does not use form feed characters, and the output page
length is longer that the nominal input file page length. An example
would be an input file with a sixty-six line page length, and an output
page length of 72 lines. The default value is 999.
nnn Use this number as the maximum lines per page on output.
An example of a line/page limit option for forcing a 60 line input page
limit is:
/I60
38
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Monitor
M [monitor] The MONITOR OPTION can force the display to be set for a monochrome
monitor. This is of primary use where a monochrome monitor is used with
a color card or where both color and monochrome monitors are used with
a system.
N o (Default) Do not force a monochrome display.
Y es Force a monochrome display.
An example of a monitor option for forcing a monochrome monitor is:
/MY
39
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Option File
O [option] The OPTION FILE OPTION will load previously saved option setting
sets.
-> To use modified options, first change the desired ones while running
the program and then, before exiting, save them (EXIT Function).
This file may then be loaded either through the command
line/environment option file parameter or via the program menus.
-> The syntax to specify the name of a option file is:
[option file name.ext]
NOTE The file extension, ".LMO", is optional and is not re-
quired.
An example option file specification is:
/OSOURCE1.LMO
NOTE If the option file "LASR-MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automati-
cally loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the
command line.
40
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Option Switches
W [option switches] The OPTION SWITCH OPTIONS are used to set the various op-
tion switches. Each switch must be specified completely for it to be
set (all three - or more - characters).
P file Page start OPTION SWITCH determines whether new files will be
started on the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per
side, PAMPHLET TYPE or BOOK TYPE styles.
A ny Start printing the next file on the next available page.
O dd (Default) Start printing the next file on the next odd num-
bered page skipping any even numbered page.
An example of specifying that each file start on an odd numbered
page is:
/WPO
T switch Titles OPTION SWITCH will switch the left and right title
section data fields on even numbered pages.
Y es Switch left and right title section data fields on even
numbered pages.
N o (Default) Do not switch title sections on even numbered pages.
An example of specifying that left and right title section will be
swapped every page is:
/WTY
B Binding margin OPTION SWITCH reads a special configuration change
file, "BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on
the printed output.
Y es Read the special binding margin configuration change file
that provides a half-inch margin.
N o (Default) Do not provide a binding margin.
An example of specifying a binding margin is:
/WBY
41
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
F print Form feeds OPTION SWITCH specifies how text form feed charac-
ters will be handled during printing.
Y es (Default) Print all text form feed characters.
N o Ignore all text form feed characters.
- Substitute a line of special characters for the form feed
character on output. This special character is defined in the
configuration file and may be changed.
An example of ignoring form feed characters is:
/WFN
H title Headers OPTION SWITCH is used to remove the headers from
title section data fields. Each title section data field, except the
custom field, has a header, such as "PAGE:" for the page data field.
Y es (Default) Display and print all title headers.
N o Do not display or print all title headers.
An example of removing the title headers is:
/WHN
D page Dividers OPTION SWITCH is used to define the page dividers
that are normally included when multiple text pages are printed on
one side of a paper sheet. The horizontal divider is first defined
followed by the vertical divider. The characters used for printing
the page dividers are defined in the configuration file and may be
changed.
L ine (Default) Print a thin line page divider, filling it in
between text pages.
lin E Print a thin line page divider, but do not fill it in
between text pages.
B lock Print a thick line page divider, filling it in between
text pages.
bloc K Print a thick line page divider, but do not fill it in
between text pages.
N one Do not print a page divider in this direction.
An example of specifying a thin line horizontal divider that is not
filled in, and a thick line vertical divider that is filled in is:
/WDEB
42
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
W page floW OPTION SWITCH specifies the layout for sheets that con-
tain four or eight text pages per side.
H orizontal (Default) Text pages will be printed from left to
right along the top of the sheet, and then left to right along
the bottom.
V ertical The first text page will be printed on the upper left of
the sheet, with the next one directly below it.
An example of specifying vertical page flow is:
/WWV
K blanK lines OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
text lines on output.
Y es (Default) Print blank text lines.
N o Do not print blank lines.
An example of suppressing blank lines in the output is:
/WKN
L no Left margin OPTION SWITCH can be used to suppress printing blank
spaces on the left of each text line. Normally these spaces will be
printed. This option switch is primarily used to decrease the line
length to allow use of a different STYLE OF OUTPUT.
nnn Suppress the specified number of blank spaces at the beginning
of each text line.
NOTE Only SPACES up to the first text character will be sup-
pressed. Any text characters in this area will be printed.
An example of specifying suppression of the ten left most spaces is:
/WL10
S Spaces/tab OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to use for
tab characters in the selected files that are printed. Additionally,
leading spaces of more than this number of characters will be pro-
cessed as if they were tab characters: for example, if spaces/tab=8,
24 leading spaces=3 tab characters. The default option is 8 spaces
per tab.
nnn Substitute the specified number of spaces for each tab character.
An example of setting five spaces per tab:
/WS5
43
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
A tAb print width OPTION SWITCH specifies the number of spaces to
substitute for tab characters on output. The default option is a tab
print width of 8 spaces.
nnn Print the specified number of spaces for each tab character.
An example of setting a tab print width of three spaces is:
/WA3
U U_line toggle OPTION SWITCH allows underlining text on output. If
this option switch is non-blank, on output all text after this char-
acter will be underlined until another matching character is found.
The underline toggle characters, both start and stop, are replaced
by blank spaces.
{char} Use the specified character as an underline toggle, re-
placing all occurrences of the specified character with a
space.
An example of using the '@' character as an underline toggle is:
/WU@
X teXt word wrap OPTION SWITCH specifies how text lines longer than
the output line width are to be handled.
+ (Default) Continue the text on the next line, preceded by a
line continuation character string. The line continuation
character string is defined in the configuration file and may
be changed.
C ut Truncate the text line on output.
Y es Word wrap long text lines with the text from the next line.
NOTE The "YES" option works well with paragraph type text (para-
graphs separated by two line feeds) but does not work with
graphical or tabular data which has lines longer the output
allowed.
An example of truncating all long text lines is:
/WXC
44
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Paper Bin
B [Bin] The PAPER BIN OPTION specifies from which paper source the laser
printer will feed paper to be printed. Options include:
E pson Front Epson front paper cassette
F ront Cassette HP front paper cassette
L ower Cassette (Default) HP lower paper cassette
T ray, Multi-Purpose Tray, HPIIP, and HPIIIP
NOTE When either cassette is selected, the "REVERSE SECOND PASS
PRINTING OPTION" is set to "YES": when the tray is selected it
is set to "NO".
An example of specifying use of the front paper cassette is:
/BF
45
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Paper Size
Z [siZe] The PAPER SIZE OPTION specifies what size paper is to be selected and
printed. Options include:
A 4 210mm by 297mm.
C entered 8½" by 14" paper sheet with centered letter sized
text pages for output styles with two, four, and
eight text pages per side.
L egal 8½" by 14".
S tandard (Letter) (Default) 8½" by 11".
An example of specifying use of legal sized paper is:
/ZL
46
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Pitch
P [pitch] The PITCH OPTION is available only for the STYLE OF OUTPUT where one
text page is printed per side of the paper sheet (The other side of
the paper sheet may also be printed, i.e, double sided printing).
All other styles use specific pitches.
P Pica 10 characters per inch.
E Elite 12 characters per inch.
L Line printer (Default) 17 characters per inch.
S Small 23 characters per inch.
T Tiny 32 characters per inch.
An example of specifying use of the Elite font is:
/PE
47
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Reverse Second Pass Printing
R [reverse 2nd pass output] The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION selects the
order in which the output is to be printed during the second printing
pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed
during the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last
sheet. This option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed
during the first pass first and continuing to the back of the first
sheet.
N o (Default) On the second printing pass, print the back of the
first sheet first and the last sheet last.
Y es On the second printing pass, print the back of the last sheet
printed during the first pass first and continue to the back of
the first sheet.
NOTE This option is normally set to "Yes" for printers with a paper
cassette, and to "No" for those with a multi-purpose tray,
such as the HP IIP.
An example of forcing reverse order printing on the second pass print-
ing pass is:
/RY
48
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Style of Output
S [style] The STYLE OF OUTPUT OPTION selects the orientation of the printed
output and determine whether each sheet will be printed on one or both
sides.
1 1 Up type Each page is printed in portrait orientation on one side
only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan of reading the se-
lected file(s) and one printing pass is required.)
D Double type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: page 1
front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.)
L Landscape type Each page is printed in landscape orientation on
one side only of a single sheet of paper. (A single scan reading the
selected file(s) is required.)
U doUble sided landscape type Same, but on both sides of each sheet
of paper: page 1 front, page 2 back. (Two passes are required.)
2 2 Up type Two pages are printed in landscape orientation on one
side of each sheet: page 1 left, page 2 right. (One pass)
Q Quad type (Default) Same, but on both sides of each sheet of pa-
per: pages 1-2 front, 3-4 back. (Two passes)
4 4 Up type Four pages are printed in portrait orientation on one
side of each sheet: page 1 top left, page 2 top right, page 3 bottom
left, page 4 bottom right. (One pass)
O Octal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper: pages
1-4 front, 5-8 back. (Two passes)
8 8 Up type Eight pages are printed in landscape orientation on one
side of each sheet: pages 1-4 on the top, pages 5-8 on the bottom.
(One pass)
X heXadecimal type Same, but on both sides of each sheet of paper:
pages 1-8 front, 9-16 back. (Two passes)
H pampHlet type Each selected file is printed Quad, with page 1 on
the right of the first sheet, and the last page on the left. (Three
file scans, two passes of the printer)
A double pAmphlet type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected
file is printed Octal, with four pages per side. (Three file scans,
two passes of the printer)
E double pamphlEt type, double page Same as pamphlet type, except
each selected file is printed Octal, with four pages per side, and
each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of
the printer)
T quad pamphleT type Same as pamphlet type, except each selected
file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side. (Three file
scans, two passes of the printer)
P quad Pamphlet type, quad page Same as pamphlet type, except each
selected file is printed Hexadecimal, with eight pages per side, and
each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two passes of
the printer)
B Book type All selected files are printed Quad as one document. The
first sheet has file 1, page 1 on the right, last file last page on
the left. (Three file scans, two passes of the printer.)
K double booK type Same as book type, except all selected files are
printed Octal as one document, with four pages per side. (Three file
scans, two passes of the printer.)
49
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Y double book tYpe, double page Same as book type, except all se-
lected files are printed Octal as one document, with four pages per
side, and each book page has two text pages. (Three file scans, two
passes of the printer.)
N quad book type Same as book type, except all selected files are
printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per side.
(Three file scans, two passes of the printer.)
G quad book type, quad paGe Same as book type, except all selected
files are printed Hexadecimal as one document, with eight pages per
side, and each book page has four text pages. (Three file scans, two
passes of the printer.)
An example of setting the STYLE OF OUTPUT for printing a BOOK TYPE with
two pages per side:
/SB
50
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Title (Header/Footer)
H [title] The TITLE OPTION selects whether the first/last two lines on each
page will be used for a page header/footer or for file text.
H title Header (Default) A page title and a blank line are printed
at the top of each text page.
F title Footer A blank line and a page title are printed at the
bottom of each text page.
E title hEader/footer On sheets with one or two text pages, a page
title and a blank line are printed at the top of each text page. On
sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
O title fOoter/header On sheets with one or two text pages, a blank
line and a page title are printed at the bottom of each text page.
On sheets with four and eight text pages per sheet, for the top text
pages a page title and a blank line are printed at the top of each
text page: for the bottom pages a blank line and page title are
printed at the bottom of each page.
N No page title header No page title is printed at the top or bottom
of each text page. Instead, two more lines of text are printed on
each page.
NOTE It the selected title option character is followed by the
underline character, '_', the title will be underlined.
This title, if selected, is divided into three sections (Left, Center,
and Right). Any of the title data fields noted below may be used in any
of the title sections, and they may also be repeated. The defaults are
Left=F, Center=P, Right=A.
-> To specify a page title with the defaults, use only the option char-
acter, such as H .
-> To use title data fields other than the defaults, use the title op-
tion letter, such as H , followed by the three title section data
field options, shown in the table below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ [F]ILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm. FILE NAME, DATE, TIME │
│ f[I]LE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy....... FILE NAME, DATE │
│ fi[L]E: nnnnnnnn.eee................ FILE NAME │
│ [P]RINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm........ CURRENT DATE, TIME │
│ p[R]INTED: mm-dd-yy.............. CURRENT DATE │
│ p[A]GE: ppp................... OUTPUT PAGE NUMBER │
│ pa[G]E: ppp [ff-nnn].......... OUTPUT PAGE #, FILE #, FILE PAGE # │
│ [C]ustom................... USER ENTERED TEXT DATA │
│ [N]othing............... BLANK │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
NOTE If the C ustom user entered text data field option is select-
ed, it should be followed immediately by the desired text
51
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
data, preceded and terminated by single quote characters.
An example of an underlined title header with page number on the left
and file name only on the right is:
/HH_ANL
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with only a
center text field of [Sample Report] is:
/HFNC'Sample Report'N
An example of a title footer without an underline, and with the default
title segments is:
/HF
52
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
User Display Level
Y [displaY] The USER DISPLAY LEVEL OPTION specifies the BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status. For a complete description of what information can be
displayed while waiting for menu selection, see the section "USER LEV-
ELS" in the "OPTIONS FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY ONLY
0 No background display
1 (Default) Normal option data
2 Advanced option data
3 Expert option data
MAIN AND FUNCTION MENU DISPLAY
4 No background display
5 Normal option data
6 Advanced option data
7 Expert option data
An example of specifying a background information display to be shown
while waiting for all menus with the expert option data is:
/Y7
NOTE The USER DISPLAY LEVEL may also be toggled during program
operation at either the MAIN or FUNCTION menus by pressing the
TAB key.
53
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
User Menu Level
U [menU] The USER MENU LEVEL OPTION specifies what FUNCTION MENU OPTIONS will be
available. For a complete description of what menu options are avail-
able at each user level, see the section "USER LEVELS" in the "OPTIONS
FUNCTION" chapter. The available options are:
1 (Default) Normal options
2 Advanced options
3 Expert options
An example of specifying the advanced user level of menus is:
/U2
54
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
HELP Key
Pressing the help key, F1 , displays a context sensitive help page window such
as shown below. The help page shown below is the first one available as shown by
the page number 0 in the upper right corner. Page 0 acts as a help page menu for
this program. The help page actually displayed when the help key is pressed
depends on the actions of the program and will be the most appropriate for the
program at that point. The bar shown on the right edge of the help window de-
picts the position of this screen with regard to the total text of the current
help page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ Help Page 0 ═> HELP INDEX ╞═╕ │
││ SECTION FUNCTION Option USER LEVEL HELP PAGE ^█│
││ ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── ▒█│
││ INTRODUCTION........................................................ 1 ▒█│
││ MAIN MENU........................................................... 2 ▒█│
││ DIRECTORY FUNCTION MENU.................................... 3 ▒█│
││ Data Path Option...................(N).......... 4 ▒█│
││ Change Config File Option..........(A).......... 5 v█│
││ Restore Path Option................(A).......... 6 │█│
││ Restore Conf Option................(A).......... 7 │█│
││ OPTIONS FUNCTION MENU...................................... 8 │█│
││ Paper Size Option..................(N).......... 9 │█│
││ Style of Output Option.............(N).......... A │█│
││ Option File Option.................(A).......... B │█│
││ Cover File Option..................(E).......... C │█│
││ Page Title Option..................(A).......... D │█│
││ User Level Option..................(N).......... E │█│
││ Option Switches Option.............(E).......... F │█│
││ Change Menu Colors Option..........(E).......... G │█│
││ Reload Defaults Option ............(E).......... H │█│
││ Line/Page Limit Option.............(E).......... I │█│
│╘═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
│ ESC/ENTER>ExitHelp│[0]>HelpIndex│[1 9 A Z]>HelpPage│Pageup Pagedown Home End │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To display context sensitive help information while the program is waiting
for a response to a prompt, press F1 . The help window control keys are
covered below.
F1 0 . . Display Help Page Index Menu, Page 0
ESC ENTER Remove Help Window & return to the program
HOME . . . Display first screen of the current Help Page
END . . . . Display last screen of the current Help Page
PAGE UP . . Display previous screen of the current Help Page
PAGE DOWN . Display next screen of the current Help Page
1-9 A-Z . Display the corresponding Help Page
55
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
ESCAPE Key
Pressing the ESCAPE key at any point while the program is waiting for the
response to a prompt cancels the current action and generally causes the program
to display the previous menu. The specific function of the ESCAPE key at the
present time is shown on the bottom help line.
File View Key
Many of the LASR-MAN option menus allow viewing the highlighted file, either in
total, or, when ready to print - the first page that will print on a sheet. For
the purpose of viewing a highlighted file, the F2 key is always the one to
press. When file viewing is available, it will be so noted on the bottom help
line.
NOTE Any occurrence of the '~' character in the viewed text will be replaced
by the '≈' character. This is due to the use of the '~' character as an
end-of-line indicator in the viewing window.
Actions and Messages
Various actions that occur during the execution of LASR-MAN are noted by an
action display similar to that shown below. This action display is only shown
while the given action is occurring, and does not require any response from the
user. Messages from LASR-MAN are displayed is a similar manner, and do require a
user response. The valid responses to the displayed message are given on the
bottom help line.
┌─────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ ACTION ╞═══════════╗ │
│ ║ Read data and format ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────┘
Disk Not Ready
If a disk drive is not ready, such as a floppy diskette drive door being open,
an informational message will be displayed, as shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Disk not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this disk operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue, make the drive ready and press any other key.
56
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 RUNNING LASR-MAN
Printer Not Ready
If the printer is not ready, an informational message will be displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ MESSAGE ╞════════════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ Printer not ready. Correct & continue. ║█ │
│ ╚════════════════════════════════════════╝█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this printer operation and exit from the program, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue, make the printer ready and press any other key.
57
RUNNING LASR-MAN LASR-MAN Version 4.0
58
MAIN MENU
The LASR-MAN screen display has been designed for ease of use while providing
the maximum amount of information on the current operation of the program. As
distributed, the screen display initially shows only the main function menu. It
can optionally be configured to display information on the current directory and
the option settings, as shown on the next page. This allows an uncluttered
screen for the new user while allowing the advanced user to display the full
program information for review.
A sample of the initial entry level screen display is shown below. The center
portion of the top line depicts the status of the user menu and display levels.
The MAIN MENU with its five functions is on the second line. The bottom line of
this, and all other LASR-MAN displays, describes the currently available action
keys and their functions.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 04:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│ENTER/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
-> To obtain context sensitive help at any point in the program, press F1 .
For more information on this feature, see the section "HELP KEY" in the
"RUNNING LASR-MAN" CHAPTER.
-> To begin the process of exiting from the program when none of the function
menus are displayed, press ESCAPE .
59
MAIN MENU LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Background Information Display
The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, available at both MAIN MENU and FUNCTION
MENU selection, may contain a variety of information. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION
DISPLAY status is shown on the top line after "D>" (The user status is shown
after "M>"). The codes are:
FUNCTION MAIN AND FUNCTION
MENU DISPLAY ONLY MENU DISPLAY
═════════════════ ═══════════════════
-ƒ No background display -+ No background display
nƒ Normal option data N+ Normal option data
aƒ Advanced option data A+ Advanced option data
eƒ Expert option data E+ Expert option data
-> To toggle the BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY, press TAB . This INFORMATION
DISPLAY has eight levels, any of which may be set by repeatedly pressing the
TAB key.
A sample of the full "EXPERT" display, with the initial program defaults, is
shown below.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 04:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░Data path═>C:\LP░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░4│
│░░░░░Change file═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░5│
│Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░Option file═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░6│
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░Cover file═>None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░7│
││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░Title═>_Footer_░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░8│
││ │ ║╗┌───────────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
││ Lines═>72 ║║│ file Page start>ODD blanK lines════>YES ││
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║│ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║│ Binding margin═>NO Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║│ print Formfeeds>YES tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ title Headers══>YES U_line toggle══>' ' ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ page floW >2pps>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>eXit│ENTER/[char]>Select│TAB>Change Info Display│ Home End│
The fourth and fifth lines (the line numbers on the right side of the display
have been added for clarity) of this display provide data on the current
drive-directory, and the change printer configuration file in use, if any.
The sixth line specifies the option file used, if any, along with its de-
scription. The seventh line specifies the cover file used, if any. The eighth
60
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 MAIN MENU
specifies the page title type selected. The tenth through sixteenth give the
current values of the various option switches.
The selected paper size and STYLE OF OUTPUT are displayed along with a graph-
ical depiction of how text data will be printed on the left side of the
screen.
In the example shown, text will be printed on standard letter size paper in
landscape orientation, with two text pages per side of paper, and each piece
of paper will be printed on both sides. Each text page will be printed using
the seventeen character per inch font. Lines on each page will have a maximum
length of eighty-one characters, and a page may contain up to seventy-two
lines. Each text page will have an underlined footer. The option switches
have been set with the default values as displayed.
NOTE To display the directory/option information automatically when the
program is executed, set the display to the desired level and then
exit, saving the current options.
Operation Sequence
The general sequence of operations to follow for printing a file or files is:
* Select the DIRECTORY on which the file(s) to be printed reside.
* Set the printing OPTIONS desired if different from the currently set op-
tions.
* Perform FILES SELECTion to tag the file(s) for printing.
* PRINT the selected files.
* EXIT the program.
Main Menu Functions
The MAIN MENU consists of five Function, one of which (PRINT) is dependent on at
least one file being selected. The print function is enabled when a file or
files has been selected for printing; its first letter in the MAIN MENU is then
capitalized and highlighted.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Directory Options Files select print eXit │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To select a MAIN MENU Function, press its highlighted letter or move the
MAIN MENU highlight bar to the desired Function with the cursor control
keys and press ENTER .
When a MAIN MENU Function is selected, the appropriate Function menu is
displayed. The options displayed on the Function menu are dependent on the
USER MENU LEVEL selected.
-> To change the USER MENU LEVEL, select the "Options" Function by press-
ing its highlighted letter or moving the highlight bar to it and press-
ing ENTER . Select the "User level" option and change it to the de-
sired level.
61
MAIN MENU LASR-MAN Version 4.0
-> To switch from one Function menu to another, press the highlighted
letter of the desired Function. For example, if, at the MAIN MENU, you
pressed D , for "Directory", displaying the DIRECTORY Function menu,
and you now want to go to the "Files select" Function, press F .
The following chapters describe the Function menus and their available options.
The Function menu at the beginning of each chapter is the one displayed when at
the Expert USER MENU LEVEL. The BACKGROUND INFORMATION DISPLAY shown is also
that available at Expert USER DISPLAY LEVEL. Each option section header includes
the USER LEVEL at which that option is available. All Function options are pre-
sented in the same order in which they occur on the Expert level menu.
62
DIRECTORY FUNCTION
The DIRECTORY Function is used to specify the drive/subdirectory from which to
select the files that are to be printed and to change the printer configuration
information of printer model - size paper.
The options displayed on the DIRECTORY FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNC-
TION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed
below is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the DIRECTORY Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press
D or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the DIRECTORY Function using the
cursor control keys and press ENTER . The DIRECTORY Function menu will then
be displayed, as shown below.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>E+═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 04:00 ╞═╕
│ Directory Options Files select print eXit │
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║█C:\LP░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Change confg>║█C:\BAT\NONOPAGE.LMC░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Restore Path>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore coNf>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╝█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░████████████████░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>FunctionMenu│[DOFPX] >Function│ENTER/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a DIRECTORY Function option, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
63
DIRECTORY FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Data path [Normal]
The DATA PATH option sets the drive and subdirectory from which files are to be
selected for printing.
-> To change the drive and/or directory path from which to select files to
print, select the DATA PATH option by pressing D . The drive is first se-
lected and then the path to the desired subdirectory is set. The DRIVE selec-
tion menu is shown below. Available drives are capitalized.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═DRIVE═╕ │
│ │ A n │█ │
│ │ B o │█ │
│ │ C p │█ │
│ │ D q │█ │
│ │ E r │█ │
│ │ F s │█ │
│ │ G t │█ │
│ │ H u │█ │
│ │ I v │█ │
│ │ J w │█ │
│ │ K x │█ │
│ │ L y │█ │
│ │ M z │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To select a DRIVE, press the desired DRIVE letter or move the highlight
bar to the desired DRIVE using the cursor control keys and press ENTER .
The selected drive will then be displayed, to the right of the DIRECTORY
Function option, and a SUBDIRECTORY PICK LIST will next be displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█G:\LASR-MAN\............................................... │
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - G:\LASR-MAN ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ accept path . <root dir> .. <parent> CONFIG DOC │█│
││ FONTS HELP OTHERS RELEASE │█│
│╘══════════════════════════════╡ Select the NEXT SUBDIRECTORY IN THE PATH ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the data path as it was before selection of this option, press
ESCAPE .
-> To select the next SUBDIRECTORY to add to the data path, move the high-
light bar to the desired subdirectory using the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . Pressing a letter will move the SUBDIRECTORY highlight
bar to the first subdirectory whose name starts with that letter. When
selected, the subdirectory name is added to the path display, and the
next SUBDIRECTORY menu is displayed.
64
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 DIRECTORY FUNCTION
-> To accept the path as it is currently set and displayed, move the high-
light bar to the "accept path" item and press ENTER . The program
returns to the DIRECTORY Function menu.
If this is not the root directory of the selected drive, two additional
items are displayed, ". <root dir>" and "..<parent>".
-> To reset the path to the root directory of the selected drive, move the
highlight bar to the ". <root dir>" item using the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
-> To remove the last subdirectory added to the path, move the highlight
bar to the ".. <parent>" item using the cursor control keys and press
ENTER .
65
DIRECTORY FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Change confg [Advanced]
The configuration file is used to specify the size of paper on which to print,,
and its location or bin. There are two ways to make changes to the printer pa-
rameters that it contains.
The first is to customize the file itself, a procedure described in the chapter
"EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
The second is to create a change configuration file containing only the parame-
ters that are to be changed, and then read this file during the execution of
LASR-MAN. The procedures for creating a change configuration file are described
in the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE".
This option can select a change configuration file containing any of the printer
parameters such as the maximum number of lines per page or the print character
used to divide text pages.
-> To change any of the parameters of the LASR-MAN configuration file for this
program execution only, select the CHANGE CONFG option by pressing C . A
PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are change configuration
files, those with an extension of ".LMC", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press
ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
The CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE PICK LIST selection menu is next displayed. It
contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory that have an
extension of ".LMC".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ Config file >║█C:\LP...................................................... │
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ BINDMARG.LMC NONOPAGE.LMC │█│
│╘══════════════════════════╡ Select the desired CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the change configuration file at this point, press
ESCAPE .
66
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 DIRECTORY FUNCTION
-> To view the contents of a change configuration file, move the highlight
bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The
file view window will be displayed, as shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File NONOPAGE.LMC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │
││ LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE ^█│
││ ▒█│
││ NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│
││ : Suppresses the no page message ▒█│
││ : Copyright 1991-1992, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved. ▒█│
││ SOURCE: 04-12-92 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL. ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1001:version=40 ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1006:any_size_bin=Yes ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1011:print_no_page_message[80]= ▒█│
││ ▒█│
││ 1999:end=Yes v█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a change configuration file to load, move the highlight bar to
the desired one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The se-
lected change configuration file name is displayed to the right of the
CONFIG FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters
replacing any configuration parameters now in effect.
67
DIRECTORY FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Restore Path [Expert]
At any time during the execution of LASR-MAN, the original data drive and direc-
tory path may be restored.
-> To restore the drive and directory path to that which was in effect when the
program was first loaded, select the RESTORE PATH option by pressing R . A
verification menu is then presented.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ Change confg>╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ ║ Restore Path>│ No │█ │
│ ║ restore coNf>│ Yes │█ │
│ ╚══════════════╘═══════╛█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this action and leave the data path as it currently is set,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To continue and restore the data path, press Y .
68
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 DIRECTORY FUNCTION
Restore Conf [Expert]
Likewise, the configuration parameters may also be restored to those that were
in effect when the program began.
-> To restore the configuration data to the defaults, select the RESTORE CONFIG
option by pressing N . A verification menu is then presented.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════╗ │
│ ║ Data path >║█ │
│ ║ Change confg>║█ │
│ ║ Restore Path>╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ ║ restore coNf>│ No │█ │
│ ╚══════════════│ Yes │█ │
│ ██████████████╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this action and leave the configuration data as it currently is,
press N or ESCAPE .
-> To continue and restore the default configuration data, press Y .
NOTE Use of this option DOES NOT change the selected Paper Size and Paper
Bin.
69
DIRECTORY FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
70
OPTIONS FUNCTION
Options are used by LASR-MAN to define how the program displays will appear, and
how the printed output will look. All options specified in the environment vari-
able "LASER" and on the command line are set before the options menu is first
displayed. The OPTIONS Function menu allows changing and over-riding those op-
tion settings.
The options displayed by the OPTIONS FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the OPTIONS Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press
O or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the OPTIONS Function using cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The OPTIONS Function menu will then be dis-
played, as shown below.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper siZe STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│Paper═>STANDARD░║ Option file >║█LASR-MAN.LMO Expert Level░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░║ coVer file >║█None░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││Landscape ^═║ page Title >║█_Footer_░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
││ │ ║ User level EXPERT>║█────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
││ Lines═>72 ║ option sWitches >║█age start>ODD blanK lines════>YES ││
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║ Change menu colors >║█ Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║ Reload defaults >║█g margin═>NO Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞║ Line/page limit 999 ║█Formfeeds>NO tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞═║ Monitor COLOR ║█Headers══>YES U_line toggle══>' ' ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═════════════════════╝█rs (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░███████████████████████loW >2pps>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>FunctionMenu│[DOFPX] >Function│ENTER/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select an OPTIONS Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
71
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Paper Size [Normal]
The PAPER SIZE option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired paper
size from any of the sizes that are defined in the LASR-MAN printer command con-
figuration file.
The available PAPER SIZE options include:
A4 210mm x 297mm
CENTERED LETTER sized text pages on a LEGAL SIZE sheet
LEGAL 8½" x 14"
STANDARD (Letter) 8½" x 11"
-> To toggle the paper size, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight
bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER SIZE will change to the next
one available, in alphabetical order.
72
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Style of Output [Normal]
The STYLE OF OUTPUT selection menus are used to specify the orientation of the
printed output, whether each sheet will be printed on one side of the paper or
on both sides, how many pages of text will be printed on a side of the paper and
the pitch of the output. For a complete description of the various STYLE TYPES,
see the section "PRINT STYLE OVERVIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter.
The two different sheet orientations available are shown in the figures below.
╔═══════════════════╗
║ PORTRAIT ║
║ ORIENTATION ║ ╔═════════════════════════════╗
║ ║ ║ ^ LANDSCAPE ORIENTATION ║
║ ║ ║ └long side ║
║ <─long side ║ ║ ║
║ ║ ║ ║
║ FOOTER PAGE# ║ ║ FOOTER PAGE# ║
╚═══════════════════╝ ╚═════════════════════════════╝
-> To change the STYLE TYPE of output or its pitch, select the STYLE OF OUTPUT
option by pressing S . A menu to select the major print STYLE TYPE is next
displayed, with the currently selected style highlighted.
When the STYLE OF OUTPUT option is selected, a table summarizing STYLE TYPE
information is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as shown below. The cur-
rent STYLE TYPE data is highlighted.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP TYPE PPS CPI CPL LPP ╞═╕ │
││ Portrait 1 10 80 60 Landscape 1 10 106 45 │█│
││ Portrait 1 12 96 81 Landscape 1 12 127 61 │█│
││ Portrait 1 17 133 95 Landscape 1 17 176 72 │█│
││ Portrait 1 23 183 131 Landscape 1 23 243 98 │█│
││ Portrait 1 32 264 166 Landscape 1 32 351 125 │█│
││ ─── Land/Book/Book 2 17 81 72 │█│
││ Port/Book/Book 4 23 81 61 ─── │█│
││ ─── Land/Book/Book 8 32 81 60 │█│
│╘══╡ PPS=Pages/Side CPI=Characters/Inch CPL=Chars/Line LPP=Lines/Page ╞══╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
73
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Type - When the STYLE TYPE selection menu is displayed, a window depicting
information about the paper orientation options and type descriptions is also
displayed, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Style Type Formats ├───────────────────┐ │
│ │ ╔════════╗ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Portrait║ ║ Pamphlet ║ │█ │
│ │ ║ ║ ╔═══════════╗ ║ or ║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ Type ╞════│ ║1/4 PPS ║ ║ Landscape ║ ║ Book ║ │█ │
│ │ Portrait >│>╚════════╝ ║ 1/2/8 PPS ║ ║ 2/4/8 PPS ║ │█ │
│ │ Landscape >│>══════════>╚═══════════╝ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ pampHlet >│>Each file is printed on separate sheets │█ │
│ │ Book >│>Files are printed like chapters in a book│█ │
│ ╘═════════════└──────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the STYLE TYPE of output as it is currently set and change its
sides per sheet, pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different STYLE TYPE of output, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to the desired STYLE TYPE with the arrow keys
and press ENTER . The various values for this option are detailed below.
P Portrait type - Printing is done using the portrait orientation. There
may be one or four text pages per sheet side.
L Landscape type - Printing is done using the landscape orientation.
There may be one, two, or eight text pages per sheet side.
H pampHlet type - Each selected file is printed in pamphlet form. The
output will require two printer passes for each sheet of paper: first
printing text pages on the front of the sheet - two, four, or eight
pages - and then a second printer pass to print text pages on the back
of the sheet. Each file is printed on a separate set of paper sheets.
B Book type - Selected files are printed in book form. The output is the
same as PAMPHLET type except that the printing of multiple files is
done in a manner such that each file appears as if it were a chapter in
a book.
74
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Sides - If either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE STYLE TYPES of output are select-
ed, a SIDES option selection menu is displayed (both PAMPHLET TYPE and BOOK
TYPE styles of output print on both sides of the paper sheet).
Selection of the "One side" option will result in the output being printed on
only one side of the paper, and will require only one pass of the paper
through the printer.
The "Both sides" option selection requires that each output sheet will pass
through the printer twice, and be printed on both sides.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Sides Formats ├─┐ │
│ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Print Front║ │█ │
│ │ ║Side Only ║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ Sides ╞═══│ ╔>╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ One side >│>╝_________________│█ │
│ │ Both sides >│>╗ │█ │
│ ╘═════════════│ ╚>╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ █████████████│ ║First Print║ │█ │
│ │ ║Front Side ║ │█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ │ v v v │█ │
│ │ ╔═══════════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Then Print ║ │█ │
│ │ ║Back Side ║ │█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝ │█ │
│ └───────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set, and
change its pages per side and/or pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different SIDES STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its highlighted
letter or move the highlight bar to the desired SIDES with the arrow keys
and press ENTER .
75
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Pages/Side - The PAGES/SIDE option selection menu is displayed with only
those options that are valid for the selected STYLE TYPE of output highlight-
ed.
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ PPS Formats ├─┐ │
│ │ ╔═════╗ │█ │
│ │ ║Text ║ │█ │
│ │ ║ Page║ │█ │
│ ╒═╡ PPS ╞═│ ║ P1║<Paper │█ │
│ │ One >│>╚═════╝ Sheet │█ │
│ │ Two │>══>╔═══════════╗│█ │
│ │ Four │>═╗ ║Text │Text ║│█ │
│ │ Eight │>╗║ ║Page │ Page║│█ │
│ ╘═════════│ ║║ ║ P1│ P2║│█ │
│ █████████│ ║║ ╚═══════════╝│█ │
│ │ ║╚>╔═════╗ ^ │█ │
│ │ ║ ║P1│P2║<Paper│█ │
│ │ ║ ║──┼──║ Sheet│█ │
│ │ ║ ║P3│P4║ │ │█ │
│ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v │█ │
│ │ ╚═>╔═══════════╗│█ │
│ │ ║P1│P2│P3│P4║│█ │
│ │ ║──┼──┼──┼──║│█ │
│ │ ║P5│P6│P7│P8║│█ │
│ │ ╚═══════════╝│█ │
│ │Pages Per Side │█ │
│ └─────────────────┘█ │
│ ███████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently set and
change its pitch option, press ENTER .
-> To select a different PAGES/SIDE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its high-
lighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/SIDE with
the arrow keys and press ENTER .
76
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Text Pages/Book Page - For PAMPHLET and BOOK STYLE TYPES with four or eight
pages per side, an additional option is available, namely the number of text
pages printed on each pamphlet/book page. For a full description on the
available page layouts for this option, see the section "PRINT STYLE OVER-
VIEW" in the "INTRODUCTION" chapter. The PAGES/BOOK PAGE selection menu is
displayed when the STYLE OF OUTPUT selected allows, and is shown below. Only
valid options are highlighted.
┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ PPBP Formats ├──┐ │
│ │╔═════╗ │█ │
│ │║16│P1║4PPS │█ │
│ │╠═════╣<──┬Cut────┐│█ │
│ │║14│P3║ │ ││█ │
│ │╚═════╝ v 8PPS ││█ │
│ │ ^ ╔═════╦═════╗ ││█ │
│ ╒═╡ PPBP ╞═│ OR ║16│P1║14│P3║ ││█ │
│ │ One │>═╩>╠═════╬═════╣<┘│█ │
│ │ two │>═╗ ║12│P5║10│P7║ │█ │
│ │ Four │>╗║ ╚═════╩═════╝ │█ │
│ ╘══════════│ ║╚>╔═════╗ │█ │
│ ██████████│ ║ ║15│16║4PPS │█ │
│ │ ║ ╟─────╢<┬Fold │█ │
│ │ ║ ║P1│P2║ │ │█ │
│ │ ║ ╚═════╝ v 8PPS│█ │
│ │ ╚═══>╔═════╤═════╗│█ │
│ │ ║13│14│P1│P2║│█ │
│ │ ║──┼──│──┼──║│█ │
│ │ ║15│16│P3│P4║│█ │
│ │ ╚═════╧═════╝│█ │
│ │Pages Per Book Page│█ │
│ └───────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the STYLE OF OUTPUT as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To leave the PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option as it is currently
set, press ENTER .
-> To select a different PAGES/BOOK PAGE STYLE OF OUTPUT option, press its
highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to the desired PAGES/BOOK
PAGE with the arrow keys and press ENTER .
77
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Pitch - The PITCH selection menu is displayed when any of the first two STYLE
TYPES, PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE, are selected. All other styles use a fixed
pitch.
┌─────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Pitch ├──┐ │
│ │ Pica-10 CPI│█ │
│ │ Elite-12 │█ │
│ │ Line-17 │█ │
│ │ Small-23 │█ │
│ │ Tiny-32 │█ │
│ └────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████ │
└─────────────────┘
-> To leave the PITCH as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To change the PITCH from that highlighted, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired PITCH using the arrow keys and press
ENTER .
78
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Option File [Advanced]
The OPTION FILE option will load an option file that contains preset values,
replacing any/all of the current option values. The main purpose of this option
is to allow setting the LASR-MAN options for a specific type of printing, such
as printing manuals with a fixed set of style options from a given directory.
These options may then be saved, with a file name and description, using the
EXIT function, and then reloaded at a later time.
NOTE If the option file "LASR-MAN.LMO" exists, it will be automatically
loaded, if an OPTION FILE OPTION is not specified on the command line.
-> To load a previously saved option file, select the OPTION FILE option by
pressing O . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are option
files, those with an extension of ".LMO", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
A PICK LIST menu to select the available option files is next displayed, as
shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory
that have an extension of ".LMO".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ BOWLHELP.LMO LASR-MAN.LMO SCREEN.LMO SOURCE4.LMO TEST.LMO │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired OPTION FILE ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the option file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To view the contents of a option file, move the highlight bar to the de-
sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view
window will be displayed, as shown below.
79
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File LASR-MAN.LMO Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐ │
││/!Default options ^█│
││/AE ▒█│
││/CC:\LP\NONOPAGE.LMC ▒█│
││/DC:\LP ▒█│
││/EY ▒█│
││/F*.* ▒█│
││/G50 ▒█│
││/HF v█│
││/HLF'' │█│
││/HCP'' │█│
││/HRA'' │█│
││/L0159 │█│
││/L1249 │█│
││/L2143 │█│
││/L323 │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select an option file to load, move the highlight bar to the desired
one using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The selected option
file name, along with its description, is displayed to the right of the
OPTION FILE option. The file will then be read, with valid parameters
replacing any option parameters now in effect.
80
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Cover file [Expert]
LASR-MAN has the ability to print a cover file, located on any path referenced
directory (or the current directory), before printed the normally selected
files. This cover file, with a required extension of ".LMV", may be of any
length and can be created and/or edited by a word processor. When selected, it
will be printed before all of the other selected files.
-> To specify printing a cover file, first select the COVER FILE option by
pressing V . A PATH LIST menu will only be displayed if there are cover
files, those with an extension of ".LMV", on more than one of the PATH subdi-
rectories.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Path List ╞═╕ │
│ │ C:\BAT │█ │
│ │ C:\LP │█ │
│ │ C:\ │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> If the PATH LIST selection menu is displayed, select the desired PATH
directory by moving the highlight bar to it using the cursor control keys
and pressing ENTER .
A PICK LIST menu to select the available cover files is next displayed, as
shown below. It contains all of the files on the selected (or only) directory
that have an extension of ".LMV".
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││ SAMPLE.LMV │█│
│╘════════════════════════════════╡ Select the desired COVER FILE to Print ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel selection of the cover file at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To view the contents of a cover file, move the highlight bar to the de-
sired one using the cursor control keys and press F2 . The file view
window will be displayed, as shown below.
81
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File SAMPLE.LMV Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ^█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▒▒█▀ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒█▒▒▄▒▒█ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█▀ ▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█▒▒█▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒█│
││ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▒█│
││▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ v█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▀▀▀▀▀▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒│█│
││ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀│█│
││▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
││▒▒█▀▀▀▒▒▄ ▒▒▒▒▄ ▀▀▒▒█▀▀▀ ▒▒█▀▀▀▀▀▀ │█│
││▒▒█ ▒▒█ ▒▒█▀▒▒▄ ▒▒█ ▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▄ │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a cover file to print before the selected files, move the high-
light bar to the desired one using the cursor control keys and press EN-
TER . The selected cover file name will be displayed to the right of the
COVER FILE option.
82
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Page Title [Advanced]
The PAGE TITLE selection menu is used to determine whether two of the lines on
each text page will be used for a page title or for file text and, if there is a
title, its format. The title, when printed, consists of three segments - left,
center, right - each of which may be independently set to one of eight different
formats, one of which allows user data entry. The title may be in the form of a
page header or footer, and it can be underlined. A depiction of the PAGE TITLE
is shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│<═══LEFT TITLE SEGMENT══> <══CENTER TITLE SEGMENT═> <══RIGHT TITLE SEGMENT══>│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To change the PAGE TITLE option or edit its segments, select the PAGE TITLE
option by pressing T . A menu to select the TITLE Type is next displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ TITLE Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Header >│█ │
│ │ Footer >│█ │
│ │ hEad/foot >│█ │
│ │ fOot/head >│█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
The "hEad/foot" option will generate a header title, and the "fOot/head"
option will generate a footer for output styles with one and two text pages
per side.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ HEADER/FOOTER FOOTER/HEADER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
83
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
For output styles with four and eight text pages per side, both the
"hEad/foot" and "fOot/head" generate the same title formats: the top text
pages will have a header, and the bottom text pages will have a footer.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐<────4 Pages/Side ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ░░ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │───────────┼───────────│ │────────┼────────┼────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ PAGE:5 │ PAGE:6 │ PAGE:7 │ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ░░ PAGE:4 │ 8 Pages/Side ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ Both HEADER/FOOTER and FOOTER /HEADER ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
-> To leave the PAGE TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a different TITLE Type, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to the desired TITLE Type with the arrow keys and press EN-
TER . If one of the types that display the title is selected, an UNDERLINE
selection menu is displayed.
┌─────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Underline? ╞═╕ │
│ │ Yes v│█ │
│ │ No v│█ │
│ ╘════════════════╛█ │
│ ██████████████████ │
└─────────────────────┘
-> To leave the page TITLE option as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To underline the selected title, press Y .
-> To print the Title without an underline, press N .
84
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
A TITLE format selection menu is next displayed for the LEFT segment of the
title. This will be followed by menus for the CENTER and RIGHT title seg-
ments.
┌────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ For the LEFT title, use ├─────┐ │
│ │ FILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ fILE: nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ fiLE: nnnnnnnn.eee │█ │
│ │ PRINTED: mm-dd-yy hh:mm │█ │
│ │ pRINTED: mm-dd-yy │█ │
│ │ pAGE: pppp │█ │
│ │ paGE: pppp [ff-nnnn] │█ │
│ │ Custom │█ │
│ │ Nothing │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave this and the other title segments with their current settings,
press ESCAPE . The program will return to the OPTIONS Function menu.
-> To leave this title segment data as it is currently set, press ENTER .
-> To change the format to be displayed in this title segment from that
highlighted, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight bar to
the desired title segment format using the arrow keys and press EN-
TER .
If the "Custom" title segment option is selected, A Custom Title data
entry window is displayed.
┌────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──┤ Enter Custom Title ├───┐ │
│ │ ......................... │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────┘
-> To edit this Custom Title segment, type or change the desired data,
using the action keys that are shown on the bottom help line.
-> To cancel changing this Custom Title segment, and restore its former
value, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept this edited Custom Title segment, press ENTER .
The newly defined title segment formats are temporarily displayed during
selection on the next to the last line of the background display. The dis-
play below would be seen after the LEFT and CENTER title segments have
been defined, and while waiting for the RIGHT title segment to be select-
ed.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│FILE: NNNNNNNN.EEE MM-DD-YY PRINTED: MM-DD-YY HH:MM │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
85
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
User level [Normal]
The USER LEVEL OPTION consists of two parts: the USER MENU LEVEL and the USER
DISPLAY LEVEL. The USER MENU LEVEL controls what options will be available for
each of the Function menus. The available USER LEVELS and their available op-
tions are:
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>N══D>nƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ User level NORMAL>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Bin LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█
│░░ NORMAL ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░░ USER ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░░ LEVEL ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░ MENUS(Default) ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>A══D>aƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Change file >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ User level ADVANCED>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask *.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Bin LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output YES ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░░ ADVANCED ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░░ USER ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░ LEVEL ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█
│░░ MENUS ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
86
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░╔══════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Data path >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Change confg>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ Restore Path>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░║ restore coNf>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░██████████████║ paper siZe STANDARD ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Style of outputv ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Option file >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ coVer file >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ page Title >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ User level EXPERT>║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ option sWitches >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Change menu colors >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reload defaults >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Line/page limit 999 ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Monitor COLOR ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask *.* ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ paper Bin LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Reverse 2nd pass output YES ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚══════════════╔═══════════════╗
│░░ EXPERT ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░██████████████║ Return to DOS ║█
│░░ USER ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░ LEVEL ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█
│░░ MENUS ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
The USER DISPLAY LEVEL controls what program data will be displayed in the back-
ground when the Main or Function menus are active.
-> To change the user level, select the USER LEVEL option by pressing U . The
USER MENU LEVEL selection menu will next be displayed.
┌───────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu ╞═╕ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced>│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘══════════╛█ │
│ ████████████ │
└───────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
87
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
-> To change to a different USER MENU LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The USER DISPLAY LEVEL
menu will next be shown. The highlighted DISPLAY LEVEL will be the same as
the selected MENU LEVEL. The selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL will determine
the option data that will be displayed while waiting for a selection from
the Function menus, and optionally the MAIN menu also.
┌──────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Display ╞═╕ │
│ │ Suppress │█ │
│ │ Normal >│█ │
│ │ Advanced >│█ │
│ │ Expert >│█ │
│ ╘═════════════╛█ │
│ ███████████████ │
└──────────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a USER DISPLAY LEVEL, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to it and press ENTER . The MAIN? selection menu is
next displayed for all option except "Suppress". This menu selection
will determine whether to display the selected USER DISPLAY LEVEL BACK-
GROUND INFORMATION at only the Function menus or at both the MAIN and
Function menus.
┌────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Main? ╞═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════════╛█ │
│ █████████████ │
└────────────────┘
-> To leave the USER LEVEL at it current setting, press ESCAPE .
-> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at the Func-
tion menus only, press N .
-> To display the selected BACKGROUND INFORMATION display at both the
MAIN and Function menus, press Y .
88
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Option Switches [Expert]
A variety of option switches are available to control the printed output. Most
of these switches are of the toggle variety but several are more complex and
have selection or entry menus. The TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu is dis-
played below.
-> To first display the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES selection menu, press W
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
┌────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCH ├───────────┐ │
│ │ file Page start>ODD blanK lines════>YES │█ │
│ │ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 │█ │
│ │ Binding margin═>NO Spaces/tab═════> 8 │█ │
│ │ print Formfeeds>NO tAb print width> 8 │█ │
│ │ title Headers══>YES U_line toggle══>' ' │█ │
│ │ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ │█ │
│ │ page floW >2pps>HOR │█ │
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the TOGGLE/CHANGE OPTION SWITCHES menu, press ESCAPE .
-> To toggle/change an option switch, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option switch using the arrow keys and
press ENTER .
File Page Start (Toggle) - Determines whether new files will be started on
the next odd page when printing in multiple pages per side, PAMPHLET TYPE or
BOOK TYPE styles. The "Any" option setting will start printing the next file
on the next available page. The "Odd" option setting will start printing the
next file on the next odd numbered page skipping any intervening even num-
bered page.
Switch Titles (Toggle) - Will switch the left and right title segment data
fields on even numbered pages. If the option switch is "Yes", the left and
right title segment data fields will be switched on all even numbered pages.
If it is "No", the title will be the same on all pages.
Binding margin (Toggle) - Reads a special change configuration file,
"BINDMARG.LMC", that provides a half-inch binding margin on the printed out-
put.
Print Form Feeds (Toggle) - Specifies how text form feed characters will be
handled during printing. The available PRINT FORM FEEDS option include:
YES All text form feed characters will be printed.
NO Text form feed characters will be ignored.
*** Form feed characters are replaced with a text line of special
characters to denote the page break, and the form feed is NOT
printed. Using this method, the location of form feed characters
will then be visible in the output.
89
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Title Headers (Toggle) - Used to remove the headers from title section data
fields. Each title section data field, except the custom field, has a header,
such as "PAGE:" for the page data field. If this option is "Yes", these title
headers will be printed. If it is "No", they will be removed. As an example,
the first title segment data field would be printed as "'FILE:nnnnnnnn.eee
mm-dd-yy hh:mm" with the TITLE HEADERS switch set to "Yes", and as
"nnnnnnnn.eee mm-dd-yy hh:mm" when set to "No".
Page Dividers (Menu) - Used to define the page dividers that are normally
included when multiple text pages are printed on one side of a paper sheet.
The "filled" options will produce a single divider line from one side (or
end) of the sheet to the other. The "no fill" options produce broken dividers
lines with spaces between the text page areas.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ┌───────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │<thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║<Block │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │ linE░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░1 │ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ║ ░░░░2 │ │ ░░░░1 ░░░░2 │ ║
║ │ ═════ ═════ │ │ ──────╫────── │ │ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │^░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░ ║^thin░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░ │└blocK │ │ ░░░░░ ║└Line░ │ │ ░░░░░ ░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░3 │ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ║ ░░░░4 │ │ ░░░░3 ░░░░4 │ ║
║ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ └──4 Pages/Side─┘ ║
║ Both with no fill Both filled No page dividers ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Two divider selection menus are displayed: first the HORIZONTAL DIVIDER and
then the VERTICAL DIVIDER.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Horizontal ├─────┐ │
│ │ thin Line, filled │█ │
│ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │
│ │ Block, filled │█ │
│ │ blocK, no fill │█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a HORIZONTAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
90
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
The VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER menu will then be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Vertical ├───────┐ │
│ │ thin Line, filled │█ │
│ │ thin linE, no fill │█ │
│ │ Block, filled │█ │
│ │ blocK, no fill │█ │
│ │ None │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To leave the PAGE DIVIDER OPTION as it is currently set, press ESCAPE .
-> To select a VERTICAL PAGE DIVIDER OPTION, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to it using the arrow keys and press ENTER .
Page Flow (Toggle) - There are two options for page flow on output styles of
four and eight pages per side. The first is HORIZONTAL, where text pages are
printed across the top of the sheet from left to right, and then again at the
bottom of the sheet. VERTICAL page flow prints the first two text pages on
the left side of the sheet, top first then bottom. The default PAGE FLOW on
four and eight page per side style output is horizontal, as shown below, by
the page numbers followed by "H". The PAGE FLOW option switch may be toggled
for vertical flow, resulting in the output depicted below with page numbers
followed by "V".
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═══════════════╗<=PORTRAIT │
│ ║1V │3V ║ LANDSCAPE │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ╔═══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ 1H│ 2H║ ║1V │3V │5V │7V ║ │
│ ║───────┼───────║ ║ 1H│ 2H│ 3H│ 4H║ │
│ ║2V │4V ║ ║─────┼─────┼─────┼─────║ │
│ ║ or │ or ║ ║2V │4V │6V │8V ║ │
│ ║ 3H│ 4H║ ║ 5H│ 6H│ 7H│ 8H║ │
│ ╚══4 Pages/Side═╝ ╚══════8 Pages/Side═════╝ │
└───────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To toggle the PAGE FLOW option switch, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER .
Blank Lines (Toggle) - Blank lines from the input file are normally printed
on the output. This option allows suppression of blank lines on the output,
and is useful in cases where the input file is double spaced and it's desired
to have the output single spaced. If the option switch is "Yes", the default,
blank lines will be printed. If the option is "No", blank lines will not be
printed.
91
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
No Left Margin (Entry) - Blank spaces on the left margin may be suppressed by
use of this option. The NO LEFT MARGIN option will remove leading blank spac-
es on each text line. It DOES NOT remove text, only blank spaces.
For example, if a page has lines that are 85 characters long, but there are 5
blank spaces at the beginning of each line, setting the NO LEFT MARGIN to a
value 5 will allow the page to print properly, using a STYLE OF OUTPUT that
has 80 characters/line.
-> To change the NO LEFT MARGIN option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ no Left margin═> 0. │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the NO LEFT MARGIN data, use the cursor control keys shown on
the help line.
-> To accept the NO LEFT MARGIN data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the NO LEFT MARGIN data, press ESCAPE .
Spaces/Tab (Entry) - The SPACES PER TABS option is used to determine the
number of spaces used for tab characters in the selected files that are to be
printed. Additionally, leading spaces of more than the SPACES/TAB value will
be converted to tab characters: for example if SPACES/TAB is 8, twenty-four
leading spaces = three tab characters. Correct use of this option switch,
along with the next, TAB PRINT WIDTH, will assure proper alignment of the
final output.
The SPACES/TAB option switch should be set to the value used by the text
editor or word processor that generated the document to be printed. This
value is normally eight spaces per tab.
-> To change the SPACES/TAB option setting, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value will
be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Spaces/tab═════> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the SPACES/TAB data, use the cursor control keys shown on the
help line.
-> To accept the SPACES/TAB data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the SPACES/TAB data, press ESCAPE .
Tab Print Width (Entry) - Although tabs may have been defined as a specific
width, such as eight spaces - the default value, they can be printed out with
a different width by use of this option switch.
92
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
-> To change the TAB PRINT WIDTH option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ tAb print width> 8 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, use the cursor control keys shown on
the help line.
-> To accept the TAB PRINT WIDTH data after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the TAB PRINT WIDTH data, press ESCAPE .
U_Line Toggle (Entry) - LASR-MAN has the ability to underline text on the
printed output by use of this option switch.
When the U_LINE TOGGLE is non-blank, it will act as an underline toggle on a
text page. The first occurrence of the toggle character on a text page will
turn on underlining: its next occurrence, or the end of the text page will
turn off underlining. The U_LINE TOGGLE character itself in the text will be
converted to a blank space.
NOTE A block of underlined text cannot extend from one text page to the
next: it must be contained on a single text page.
For example, if the U_LINE TOGGLE IS "@", the text
"...now@is the@time for..."
will be printed as
"...now is the time for...".
-> To change the U_LINE TOGGLE option setting, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlighted bar to it and press ENTER . Its current value
will be displayed for editing.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ U_line toggle══>' ' │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To edit the U_LINE TOGGLE character, use the cursor control keys shown
on the help line.
-> To accept the U_LINE TOGGLE character after editing, press ENTER .
-> To cancel changing the U_LINE TOGGLE character, press ESCAPE .
93
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Text Word Wrap (Toggle) - When the file text line is longer than the selected
STYLE OF OUTPUT print line, the part of the text that will fit on the first
line is printed. How the remaining text for that line is then handled depends
on the selected text word wrap option. Available TEXT WORD WRAP options in-
clude:
+++ The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain-
ing text is then placed on the next output line preceded by charac-
ter continuation string, whose default value is " ═══>". This char-
acter continuation string is defined in the configuration file, and
may be changed. A text string of up to 1000 characters will be han-
dled properly, being broken into multiple lines.
Cut The first output text line is filled completely, and the remain-
ing text for that line is discarded.
Yes The first output text line is filled to the last full word, and the
remaining text is then placed on the next output line. Single car-
riage returns are ignored, and double carriage returns are pro-
cessed as such. This is a "paragraph" approach to preparing the
output, and will not work well with tabular or graphical text mate-
rial.
-> To toggle the TEXT WORD WRAP OPTION SWITCH, press its highlighted letter
or move the highlight bar to it and press ENTER .
94
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Change menu colors [Expert]
The LASR-MAN menus and windows have been grouped into eight types. The color of
each type may be changed independently and these color settings can then be
saved when exiting so that the same colors will be used the next time the pro-
gram is run.
NOTE The context sensitive help displays use the same colors as "Messages".
-> To change the colors of any of the menu types, select the CHANGE MENU COLORS
option by pressing C . A menu to select the Menu Type for which a color
change is to be made is next displayed.
┌────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═╕ │
│ │ Options >│█ │
│ │ Main >│█ │
│ │ Background >│█ │
│ │ Actions >│█ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing a Menu Type's color at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To select the Menu Type whose color is to be changed, press its highlight-
ed letter or move the highlight bar to the desired Menu Type using the
cursor arrow keys and press ENTER . A sample menu with this Menu Type's
current colors is next displayed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ Menu Type ╞═┌─┤ Menu Border ├─┐ │
│ │ Options >│ Selected │█ │
│ │ Main >│ Non-selected │█ │
│ │ Background >└─────────────────┘█ │
│ │ Actions >│███████████████████ │
│ │ messaGes >│█ │
│ │ Preview >│█ │
│ │ file Info >│█ │
│ │ file Select >│█ │
│ ╘═══════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing this Menu Type's color at this point, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To change this Menu Type's background color, use the UP and DOWN
arrow keys to step through the sixteen background color combinations.
-> To change this Menu Type's foreground color, use the LEFT and RIGHT
arrow keys to step through the sixteen foreground color combinations.
-> To accept the sample menu's colors currently displayed for the high-
lighted Menu Type, press ENTER .
95
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Reload the Defaults [Expert]
All of the options may be reset to the values that were in effect when the pro-
gram was first loaded, and before the options from the environment variable
"LASER" and the command line were processed.
-> To reset all of the options to their original values, select the RELOAD THE
DEFAULTS option by pressing R . A verification menu is next displayed.
┌────────────┐
│ ╒═Sure?═╕ │
│ │ No │█ │
│ │ Yes │█ │
│ ╘═══════╛█ │
│ █████████ │
└────────────┘
-> To cancel resetting the option values, press N or ESCAPE .
-> To reset the options to their original values, press Y .
NOTE Selection of this option WILL LOSE any options changes that were
specified in the environment variable "LASER" or on the command
line.
96
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 OPTIONS FUNCTION
Line/Page Limit [Expert]
The LINES PER PAGE LIMIT option can be used to force a text file, that
does not use form feed characters, to properly paginate when it's lines per page
is different than the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT's lines per page.
For example, if a text file has 66 lines per page without any form feed charac-
ters and the selected STYLE OF OUTPUT prints 72 lines per page, setting the
LINES PER PAGE LIMIT to 66 will result in properly printed pagination.
-> To change the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press its highlighted letter or move the
highlight bar to it and press ENTER . Edit the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as de-
sired.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ Line/page limit 999 │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To accept the edited LINES PER PAGE LIMIT, press ENTER .
-> To cancel editing and leave the LINES PER PAGE LIMIT as currently set,
press ESCAPE .
97
OPTIONS FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Monitor [Expert]
The MONITOR option specifies whether the display will be done in color or mono-
chrome. The default is that if a color graphics card is present, the display
will be in color. This procedure may be overridden with this option.
-> To toggle the LASR-MAN program display between monochrome and color, press
M .
98
FILES SELECT FUNCTION
File selection and tagging is the cornerstone of LASR-MAN operations. It is the
process of specifying which file or files, located on the current drive-direct-
ory, are to be printed. Only the files from one directory at a time may be pri-
nted with LASR-MAN. Only after a file or files are selected and tagged may pri-
nting occur.
The file names displayed for file selection are those files on the current
drive-directory as defined by the Data Path. If the files from a different
drive-directory are desired, first select the DIRECTORY Function and change the
data path prior to selecting the FILES SELECT Function.
Additionally, the files displayed must meet the criteria defined by ARCHIVE BIT
STATUS & FILE MASK options.
LASR-MAN will handle directories with up to 512 files, displaying them seventy-
file at a time. Files in excess of this number will be bypassed, and an overflow
error message will be displayed.
NOTE To process directories containing more than 512 files, use the ARCHIVE
BIT and FILE MASK options to decrease the number of selectable files to
less than 512.
The options displayed on the FILES SELECT FUNCTION menu, and the other four
FUNCTION menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu dis-
played below is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the FILES SELECT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU,
press F or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the FILES SELECT Function
using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . The FILES SELECT Function
menu will then be displayed, as shown below.
99
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════════════╗░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ File selection/tag >║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ file Mask *.*.........║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Archive bit EITHER ║█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════════════╝█░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████████████░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>FunctionMenu│[DOFPX] >Function│ENTER/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a FILES SELECT Function option, press its highlighted letter or
move the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys
and press ENTER .
100
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
File Selection/Tag [Normal]
FILE SELECTION/TAG is the process of specifying which file or files, located on
the current drive-directory, are to be printed.
-> To select and tag files from the current drive-directory for printing, select
the FILE SELECTION/TAG option by pressing F . A FILE TAG MENU is next dis-
played.
┌────────────────────────┐
│ ╒═╡ FILE TAG MENU ╞═╕ │
│ │ Toggle file tag │█ │
│ │ All files─────TAG │█ │
│ │ Count page/sheet │█ │
│ │<analyZe file │█ │
│ ╘═══════════════════╛█ │
│ █████████████████████ │
└────────────────────────┘
Normally the ENTER key will exit from FILE SELECTION and switch to PRINT if
any files have been tagged. This action, however, can be changed to toggling the
highlighted file's tag status, where it acts like the SPACE bar.
-> To toggle the action to be performed by the ENTER key, press TAB . The
current action of the ENTER key is shown on the help line.
Additionally, three other windows are also displayed. The FILE INFORMATION win-
dow displays data on the currently highlighted file and will, when they are
selected, provide additional information with the ANALYZE FILE and VIEW PAGE
options. The right-most abbreviations stand for maximum characters per line and
maximum lines per page. These are a function of the currently selected STYLE OF
OUTPUT.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window, dis-
playing information of the files selected and printed. The "File" and "Size"
fields will be updated as files are tagged and untagged, and the "Page" and
"Sheet" fields will be updated when the COUNT PAGE/SHEET option is selected.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> ■/■ Sheet═> ■/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
101
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
The FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST selection menu displays the current drive-
directory's files - as limited by the ARCHIVE BIT and FILE MASK options - in
alphabetical order. A maximum of seventy-files may be displayed at one time: if
this directory contains more than seventy-file, a prompt is added to the bottom
help line to allow viewing the remainder. Tagged file names are preceded by a
'>' character. The active highlight bar is that in the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST
window.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - D:\WP\FORMS ╞═══════════════════════════════════════════════╕ │
││>ERRATA.FOR INVC-11.FOR INVC-7.FOR >MM-RETN.FOR MM-RETN1.FOR │█│
││ ORDER-11.FOR PROBLEM.FOR >QUOTE.FOR SALR-11.FOR STATMENT.FOR │█│
││ TIMESHET.FOR │█│
│╘═══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╡ >=Print Tag ╞═╛█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To terminate FILE SELECTION/TAG, press ENTER or ESCAPE . The program will
proceed to the PRINT Function if any files have been tagged.
-> If this directory contains more seventy-file files, to view the remainder of
the files, use the PAGEUP and PAGEDOWN keys.
-> To toggle the print tag on the currently highlighted file, press T or
SPACE . This file's tag will be changed and the file highlight will move to
the next file.
-> To tag the currently highlighted file, press INSERT . The file highlight
will move to the next file.
-> To clear any print tag on the currently highlighted file, press DELETE . The
file highlight will move to the next file.
-> To tag ALL of the displayed files from printing, press A . All of the dis-
played files will be tagged, and the ALL option will change to "CLEAR".
-> To clear the print tag on all of the displayed files, press A .
NOTE This option acts as a toggle and will change from "CLEAR" to "TAG".
-> To COUNT the number of PAGEs and SHEETs that will be printed by all of the
currently tagged files, press C . The totals information will appear on the
next-to-last display line.
-> To ANALYZE and determine the number of printed pages to be generated by the
currently highlighted FILE, press Z . The FILE INFORMATION window will be
updated with this data along with the maximum line width and page length for
this file, as shown below.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File GENERAL.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 05-16-92 10:28 MaxC/L 81 │█ │
│ │ Size 38986 22051 Page 13 MaxL/P 72 │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
102
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
-> To preview how the text data from the currently highlighted file will look
when printed, press F2 . Information from the first page of this file will
be displayed in the VIEW window. The page number, maximum number of charac-
ters per line, and lines per page for this page are shown in the FILE INFOR-
MATION window. Each page will be displayed as it will appear when printed, as
shown below.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page of the selected file, use the PAGEUP
PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To view the next page of this file, press ENTER .
-> To end viewing this file, press ESCAPE .
103
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
File Mask [Advanced]
The FILE MASK option is used to denote a single specific file or to limit the
number of files that are displayed during the file selection process. The cur-
rent FILE MASK value is displayed to the right of the option, as shown below,
normally with the default of "*.*".
-> To edit this file name/wildcard, select the FILE MASK option by pressing M .
The action keys that may be used during editing are shown on the bottom help
line. The DOS wildcard characters of '*' and '?' may be used. A '.' must
separate the file name specifier from the extension.
┌───────────────────────────┐
│ ╔══════════════════════╗ │
│ ║ File selection/tag >║█ │
│ ║ file Mask *.doc......║█ │
│ ║ Archive bit EITHER ║█ │
│ ╚══════════════════════╝█ │
│ ████████████████████████ │
└───────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel changing the FILE MASK and return its current value, press ES-
CAPE .
-> To accept the edited FILE MASK, press ENTER .
NOTE If the FILE MASK is cleared, it will revert to it's default value
of "*.*".
104
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 FILES SELECT FUNCTION
Archive bit [Expert]
The ARCHIVE BIT status may be used to determine which files will be displayed
for selection:
1.) only those that have changed and have their archive bit set on, or
2.) all files.
Additionally, if only changed files are selected, the archive bit may be reset
after the file(s) is/are printed.
The three states that the ARCHIVE BIT status may be set to are:
EITHER Files will be displayed whether their ARCHIVE BIT status is on or
off.
ON Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on.
CLEAR Files will be displayed only if their ARCHIVE BIT is on. Additionally,
any files that are selected and then printed will have their ARCHIVE
BIT set off after being printed.
-> To toggle the ARCHIVE BIT status, press A .
105
FILES SELECT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
106
PRINT FUNCTION
Printing, the reason for LASR-MAN, may only be accomplished after one or more
files have been selected and tagged. Until this occurs, the PRINT Function is
not available.
The options displayed on the PRINT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the PRINT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU and the 'P'
in "print" is uppercase and highlighted (signifying that file(s) have been
selected for printing), press P or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the
PRINT Function using the cursor control keys and press ENTER . Two windows
are then displayed; the PRINT Function menu for selection of print options
and the FILES TO PRINT PICK LIST information window showing all of the se-
lected and tagged files from the current directory.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select Print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═════════════════════════════╗│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ paper Bin LOWER CASSETTE ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Print these selected files v║█
│Paper═>STANDARD░░░░░░░░░░░░Option file═>LASERP║ Reverse 2nd pass output YES ║█
│┌──┤ Page ├───┐░░░░░░░░░░░░░Cover file═>C:\LP\╚═════════════════════════════╝█
││Landscape ^═══════════════╗░░Title═>_Footer███████████████████████████████
││ │ ║╗┌───────────┤ Option Switches ├─────────────┐│
││ Lines═>72 ║║│ file Page start>ODD blanK lines════>YES ││
││ Pitch═>17cpiv ║║│ switch Titles══>NO no Left margin═> 0 ││
│└<Chars═>81 >┘ ║║│ Binding margin═>NO Spaces/tab═════> 8 ││
│░╚╡2 pages/SIDE╞══════════════╝║│ print Formfeeds>NO tAb print width> 8 ││
│░░╚╡BOTH SIDES╞════════════════╝│ title Headers══>YES U_line toggle══>' ' ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ Dividers (H/V)═>L/L teXt word wrap═>+++ ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│ page floW >2pps>HOR ││
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░└───────────────────────────────────────────┘│
│╒═╡ PICK LIST - C:\LP ╞═════════════════════════════════════════════════════╕│
││><<cover>> >PAGES-08.DOC ││
│╘══════════════════════════╡ >=Not printed ▌=Front ▐=Back █=Both sides ╞═╛│
╘╡ Scan>/2 File> /1 Size> /22447 Page> / Sheet> / ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>FunctionMenu│[DOFPX] >Function│ENTER/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select a PRINT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER .
107
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Paper Bin [Normal]
The PAPER BIN option acts as a toggle and allows selection of a desired PAPER
BIN from those that are defined in the LASR-MAN printer command configuration
file.
The available PAPER BIN options include:
EPSON FRONT
FRONT CASSETTE
LOWER CASSETTE (Default)
TRAY, Multi-Purpose
-> To toggle the PAPER BIN, press its highlighted letter or move the highlight
bar to it and press ENTER . The selected PAPER BIN will change to the next
one available, in alphabetical order.
108
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Print these Selected Files [Normal]
Selection of the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option opens the gateway to printing
the selected files, using the currently defined options.
NOTE The default value for the PAPER BIN option is "LOWER CASSETTE", normal-
ly used on the HP IIP and IIIP printers. If your printer is different,
select the proper PAPER BIN for it before printing the selected files.
-> To select the PRINT THESE SELECTED FILES option, press P . If the STYLE OF
OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET" or "BOOK" the program will first take one scan through
the selected files determining page locations.
The next to the last line of the display is a PRINT SUMMARY DATA window,
displaying information about the selected files. The fields of this window
will be updated as files are read and printed.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Scan═>■/2 File═> 1/■ Size═> 22055/■ Page═> 1/■ Sheet═> 1/■ │
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
Three additional windows are next displayed. The first is the FILE INFORMA-
TION window detailing data on the file currently being processed, as shown
here.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ INFORMATION - File PAGES-08.DOC ├────────────────┐ │
│ │ Type Text Date 11-17-90 10:28 MaxC/L │█ │
│ │ Size 22055 Page MaxL/P │█ │
│ └────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████████████████████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
The second window depicts the sheet to be printed, denoted by [ ], and the
current text page - █ - and its relative position on this sheet. If more than
one text page is to be printed on this sheet, this display will change with
each additional text page as it is printed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ ACTION ├─────────┐ │
│ │ Print Page>[██│──] │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
109
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
The third window is the PASS (1/2) PRINTING selection menu. The top menu
header of this window contains the current pass number and instructions on
how the printer output should be set for this pass.
┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ╔═╡ PASS 1 Printing. Set OUTPUT-TOP. ╞═══════╗ │
│ ║ Print this sheet ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of this File ║█│
│ ║ print all sheets of All files for this pass ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Skip this sheet ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of this fIle ║█│
│ ║ skip all sheets of aLl files for this pass ║█│
│ ║ skip to sheet X ║█│
│ ║─────────────────────────────────────────────║█│
│ ║ Cancel printing ║█│
│ ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════╝█│
│ ███████████████████████████████████████████████│
└─────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel printing at this point and return to the PRINT Function menu,
press ESCAPE .
-> To print the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press P . The current sheet will be printed and the
next sheet will be set up.
-> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
F .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To print the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press A . This is the normal default printing option.
-> To skip the current sheet that starts with the data specified by the FILE
INFORMATION window, press S .
NOTE EXTREME care should be taken with these skip options on multi--
pass output: if you skip anything on the first printing pass you
MUST skip the same thing on the second printing pass, or your
output will not line up. Normally, only use the skip options to
determine how many sheets will be required, then go back and
print it.
-> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets of THIS file, press
I .
NOTE This option is NOT available if the STYLE OF OUTPUT is "PAMPHLET"
or "BOOK".
-> To skip the current sheet and ALL remaining sheets for ALL files for this
pass, press L .
-> To skip to a specific SHEET (not page), press X . This option is of pri-
mary use when, after printing a large document, a sheet was not printed
properly and you want to only reprint that sheet. A prompt will be dis-
110
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 PRINT FUNCTION
played asking for the SHEET number to skip to.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ skip to sheet 2... │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel this option, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept the sheet number as entered/edited, press ENTER . The pro-
gram will skip to the desired sheet and then display the PRINTING PASS
(1/2) PRINTING select menu again.
-> To preview how this page will look when it is printed, press F2 . The
first text page to be printed on this sheet will be displayed as it will
appear when printed. The solid bar on the right and bottom of the display
denote the size and location of this displayed text block to the rest of
this page.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│┌─┤ VIEW - File PAGES-08.DOC Page 1 ├────────────────────────────────────┐█│
││PPPPPPPP ^█│
││PPPPPPPPPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP ▒█│
││PPP PPP v█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPP PPP │█│
││PPPPPPPPPP │█│
││PPPPPPPP │█│
│└<▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒▒>─────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To view more of this page, use the PAGEUP PAGEDOWN LEFTARROW
RIGHTARROW UPARROW or DOWNARROW keys.
-> To return to the first screen display of this page, press HOME .
-> To end viewing this page, press ESCAPE or ENTER .
When the printing of all selected files on one side of the sheets of paper is
completed, either the Printing Complete message or Pass Complete message will
be displayed.
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├────────┐ │
│ │ Printing Complete. │█ │
│ └────────────────────┘█ │
│ ██████████████████████ │
└─────────────────────────┘
-> To continue and return to the MAIN MENU, press any key.
111
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
The PASS 1 PRINTING COMPLETE message gives specific instruction on taking the
PASS 1 OUTPUT and preparing it to use for INPUT to PASS 2.
NOTE The printer configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", has the instructions
for both the lower paper cassette and the multi-purpose input tray.
The reason is to cover all printer models, including those that have
both input paths. If the combination of instructions is confusing,
see the chapter "EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE" and edit the mes-
sages as desired.
┌───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ PRINTING PASS 1 COMPLETE. Use Pass 1 Printed Output for Pass 2 Input. │█│
│ │────────────────────┤ Set Pass 2 Input as follows: ├───────────────────│█│
│ │ LOWER CASSETTE: (Rev 2nd=YES) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE DOWN, LAST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ │-or- │█│
│ │ MULTI-PURPOSE TRAY: (Rev 2nd=NO) │█│
│ │ >>Printed side FACE UP, FIRST PAGE on TOP<< │█│
│ │ Book Style output═>>TOP of the PAGE toward the PRINTER'S RIGHT<< │█│
│ │ Flip Chart Style══>>TOP toward LEFT<< │█│
│ └───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To cancel the next printing pass at this point, press ESCAPE .
-> To continue with the next printing pass after its input has been properly
placed, press any other key. The PASS 2 PRINTING option menu will next be
displayed.
112
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 PRINT FUNCTION
When printing is being done with landscape orientation, the sheets may be
printed on the second pass in one of two forms - Book Style or Flip Chart
Style. Examples of these two forms, each with a binding margin and then
three hole punched and inserted into a notebook are shown below.
┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌──(Printing is upside down) │ │ │
│ 4:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ 3:ΣΩÆΦ░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:3 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:4 │
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡ ╞═══════)══════════)══════════)═════╡
│ o o o │ │ o o o │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │
│ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │ │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:5 │ ░░░░░░░░░PAGE:6 │
│ (Book Style Output) │ │ (Flip Chart Style Output) │
└───────────────────────────────────┘ └───────────────────────────────────┘
113
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Reverse 2nd Pass Output [Expert]
The REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT option sets the print order for the second printing
pass. The normal method is to print the back of the first sheet printed during
the first pass and continue to printing the back of the last sheet. Changing
this option allows printing the back of the last sheet printed during the first
pass first and continuing to the back of the first page.
NOTE The value of this option is automatically set to the proper method when
the PAPER BIN is selected and does not nominally need to be set.
-> To toggle the REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT OPTION between "YES" and "NO", press
R .
114
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Cutting and Folding Sheets for Pamphlets and Books
Pamphlets and Books may be printed with two, four, or eight text pages per paper
side.
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, the sheets do not need to be cut before fold-
ing and stapling. Fold each sheet on the line between pages, as shown below.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:4 │ ░░░░░░░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the page
divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1" on
top of those labeled "STACK 2". Then fold all sheets on the page divider line.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 1 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ░░ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ CUT A ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 2 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:6 │ ░░ PAGE:3 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝
115
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, One Text Page/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, cut the sheets as shown below on the vertical
page divider line (double line labeled "CUT A"). Place the sheets from "STACK 1"
on top of those labeled "STACK 2". Next cut the sheets on the horizontal page
divider line (double line labeled 'CUT B'). Place the sheets from "STACK 3" on
top of those labeled "STACK 4". Finally fold all sheets on the page divider
line.
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ╔═ CUT A ╔═ FOLD ║
║ v v ║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 3 ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 ║ PAGE:14│ PAGE:3 │ │ PAGE:16│ PAGE:1 │ ║
║ │════════╪════════╬════════╪════════│ ═════> │════════╪════════│<═ CUT B ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ │<─ STACK 4 ║
║ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 ║ PAGE:10│ PAGE:7 │ │ PAGE:12│ PAGE:5 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘ ║
║ ^ ^ ^ COMBINED ║
║ └─ STACK 1 └─ STACK 2 └─ STACKS 1 & 2 ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Two Pages/Side, Two Text Pages/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line
noted.
╔═══════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ┌───────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░░░░ │ ║
║ │ ░░ PAGE:7 │ ░░ PAGE:8 │ ║
║ │═══════════╪═══════════│<═ FOLD ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │<═ BOOK ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ PAGE ║
║ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ (2 text ║
║ │ ▓▓ PAGE:1 │ ▓▓ PAGE:2 │ pages) ║
║ └───────────────────────┘ ║
╚═══════════════════════════════════════╝
116
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 PRINT FUNCTION
Pamphlets/Books Printed with Eight Pages/Side, Four Text Pages/Book Page - After
both printing passes are complete, fold all sheets on the page divider line
noted.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ FOLD═╗ ╔═BOOK PAGE ║
║ v v (4 text pages)║
║ ┌───────────────────────────────────┐ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:13│ PAGE:14║ PAGE:1 │ PAGE:2 │ ║
║ │────────┼────────╫────────┼────────│ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ ░░░░░░ │ ░░░░░░ ║ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ▓▓▓▓▓▓ │ ║
║ │ PAGE:15│ PAGE:16║ PAGE:3 │ PAGE:4 │ ║
║ └───────────────────────────────────┘ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════╝
117
PRINT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Stapling Pamphlets and Books
If you don't have a deep throat stapler, here's a procedure to staple a pam-
phlet/book after printing.
-> Fold each page at its centerline separately.
-> Put the folded pages together in the proper order.
-> On a flat surface, place a magazine or book which is thicker then the length
of the staples legs. Use a stapler that has been opened as shown in the dia-
gram below. Hold the pamphlet/book in proper alignment while stapling.
-> Bend the staple legs over using an object such as a coin.
╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ ║
║ ┌──────────────────────────┐ ║
║ └─┬────────────────────────┤<─── Stapler opened up ║
║ │ V<─ Draw arrow @ staple│ ┌──────────────────── ║
║ Staple ─────────> └─┬──────────────────────┘▄└──────────────────── ║
║ ══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ╔═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ Centerline of │ ║░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░ ║
║ Pamphlet/Book ────┘ ╚═══════════════════════════════════════════ ║
║ ^ ║
║ └ MAGAZINE (Thicker than the staple legs) ║
║ ║
╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
118
EXIT FUNCTION
The EXIT FUNCTION performs the task of leaving the LASR-MAN program and, option-
ally, saving the program options in their current state for subsequent program
executions.
The options displayed on the EXIT FUNCTION menu, and the other four FUNCTION
menus, depend on the selected USER MENU LEVEL. The FUNCTION menu displayed below
is set to the Expert level.
-> To select the EXIT Function when the display is at the MAIN MENU, press X
or move the MAIN MENU highlight bar to the EXIT Function using the cursor
control keys and press ENTER . The EXIT Function menu is displayed, as shown
below.
╒═╡ LASeR-print MANagement Program ╞═M>E══D>eƒ═╡ Started at═>07-31-92 4:00 ╞═╕
│░ Directory Options Files select print eXit ░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╔═══════════════╗
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Return to DOS ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║ Cancel ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░║<Save options ║█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░╚═══════════════╝█
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░█████████████████
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
│░ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░░▄ ░│
│░ Ç─░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░█▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█▀▀▀░░█ ░░░▄ ░░░█ ░░░░▄ ░░░▄ ░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┼┐░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░░░░░░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░░░░░▄░░░█ ░░░█ ░░█▀░░▄ ░░█░░▄░░█ ░│
│░ ┌┴┐░░█ ░░░░░░█ ▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░█▀▀░░█▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀░░█░░▄░░█ ░░░░░░█ ░░█ ▀░░░█ ░│
│░═┴═┴═░░░░░░░▄░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░░░░░░░█░░█ ░░█ ░░█░░█░░█░░█▀▀▀░░▄░░█ ░░█ ░│
│░ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ▀▀ ░│
╘╡ LASR-MAN Version 4.00, Copyright 1990-92 Micrometric, All Rights Reserved ╞╛
F1>Help│ESC>FunctionMenu│[DOFPX] >Function│ENTER/[char]>Select│ Home End│
-> To return to the MAIN MENU, press ESCAPE .
-> To switch to another Function, press its highlighted letter.
-> To select an EXIT Function option, press its highlighted letter or move
the highlight bar to the desired option with the cursor control keys and
press ENTER . If changes have been made to the type of monitor, menu
colors or reverse 2nd pass output options, it is assumed that the changes
should be saved and the SAVE OPTIONS option will be highlighted: other-
wise, the RETURN TO DOS option is highlighted.
119
EXIT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Return to DOS [Normal]
-> To return to DOS, select the RETURN TO DOS option by pressing R .
The program will exit. If this is an unregistered copy of LASR-MAN, a
shareware registration reminder message will be displayed.
Cancel [Normal]
-> To cancel exiting from LASR-MAN and return to the MAIN MENU, select the CAN-
CEL option by pressing either C or ESCAPE .
120
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 EXIT FUNCTION
Save Options [Advanced]
The LASR-MAN program options currently in effect may be saved, either to a de-
fault or user named file. These options include all of those set by the DIRECTO-
RY and OPTION FUNCTIONS, the ATTRIBUTE BIT status and FILE MASK of the FILES
SELECT FUNCTION and the PAPER BIN and REVERSE 2ND PASS OUTPUT of the PRINT FUNC-
TION.
-> To save the current option settings, select the SAVE OPTIONS option by press-
ing S . An OPTION FILE data entry window is displayed, with entry required
for both the option file name and its description.
┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ Option File ├──────────────────────────────────────┐ │
│ │ Name LASR-MAN │█│
│ │ Description LASR-MAN Default Option Parameters...... │█│
│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ ████████████████████████████████████████████████████████│
└──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To edit either the file name or description, use the control keys shown
on the help line.
NOTE The default option file name of "LASR-MAN" will cause the file
to be automatically loaded every time that LASR-MAN is run and
does not need to be specified on the command line.
The option file extension will be ".LMO" and should NOT be entered.
NOTE The description is optional and may be left blank, although it
can be quite helpful when viewing option files prior to load-
ing.
-> To cancel this function, press ESCAPE .
-> To accept either the file name or description after editing is com-
plete, press ENTER .
After both name and description have been entered, the current options
will be saved, and a save complete message displayed.
┌───────────────────────────────────────┐
│ ┌─┤ MESSAGE ├───────────────────────┐ │
│ │ LASR-MAN.LMO option file updated. │█│
│ └───────────────────────────────────┘█│
│ █████████████████████████████████████│
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
-> To continue, press any key. The program returns to the EXIT FUNCTION
menu.
NOTE The option files may be modified with an ASCII word proces-
sor/editor. For example, if you want to use the default option
file, "LASR-MAN.LMO", but want the data directory to be the
current drive-directory, you may edit the file and remove the
line that begins "/D...".
121
EXIT FUNCTION LASR-MAN Version 4.0
122
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILE
The CONFIGURATION FILE is an ASCII file with an extension of ".LMG". It may be
edited by any word processor, using the word processor's option for editing and
saving unformatted files.
CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILES are similar in format to the CONFIGURATION FILE and
have an extension of ".LMC".
There are two way that the printer parameters may be changed:
1.) Edit the configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", and change the parameter(s)
on a permanent basis, and
2.) Create a change configuration file, with an extension of ".LMC", contain-
ing the parameter(s) to be changed, and either specify the file on the com-
mand line with a "/C" option or select the CHANGE CONFG option from the DI-
RECTORY function menu.
Two print test files, PAGES-08.DOC and PAGE-16.DOC, are included with LASR-MAN.
These file consists of eight and sixteen pages, each with a maximum of fifty-
-seven seventy-nine character lines. These files may be printed using the vari-
ous printing styles in order to determine the proper procedure(s) necessary to
produce the correct output. Results of this experimentation may then be used to
modify the configuration file to provide the proper printer commands, and end of
printing pass messages for your printer and procedures.
-> To replace a printer command's default value edit the command as desired. Any
ASCII character may be used in a command string EXCEPT for carriage return
(13). All characters are entered using their ASCII codes. (Hold the ALTER-
NATE key down and enter the ASCII code using the numeric keypad only.) To
comment out a printer command, add a '*' at the beginning of its line.
NOTE The format of the printer commands is:
[parameter #]:{description}{max. length}=[value]
In general, printer commands should remain in the same order as in the distribu-
tion file. Blank lines (except at the end of the end of pass messages) and those
not starting with a numeric code are ignored.
The messages that are displayed at the end of the various printer passes are
located in the section "PAPER SOURCE BIN PARAMETERS", at the end of the printer
commands. These messages may be customized for your specific printer or instal-
lation in the same manner as the other printer commands.
-> To edit the end of pass messages, place each desired message line on a sepa-
rate line (ended with a CR LF combination) in the file, starting the first
line on the same line as the equals sign. A blank line MUST follow the last
message line. Blank characters at the beginning and the end of each message
line are significant, and will be displayed as entered.
123
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR-MAN Version 4.0
-> To use a configuration change file, specify its name and path on the command
line using the configuration change file option or select it using the
program's DIRECTORY Function.
The beginning of the configuration file, "LASR-MAN.LMG", is shown on the follow-
ing page.
Following that, is a configuration change file used to suppress the text placed
on blank text pages.
NOTE CONTROL CODES ARE SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL IN BRACES {} WITH THEIR DECIMAL
VALUE SINCE THEY ARE NON-PRINTING. THEY SHOULD APPEAR IN THE CONFIGU-
RATION FILE AS SINGLE ASCII CHARACTERS WITHOUT THE BRACKETS. The maxi-
mum length of text data fields is given in brackets [ ].
124
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES
LASR-MAN PRINTER COMMAND CONFIGURATION FILE
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION FILE █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
NAME: LASR-MAN.LMG
: Copyright 1991-1991, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 03-15-91 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL.
MOD: 04-12-92 Rename and rework from Version 3
: Renumber all parameters (old number in <>)
:
:THE ORDER OF THE PRINTER PARAMETERS BELOW MUST BE :
: -------
:Standard Printer Parameters
:Paper Size Parameters
:Paper Source Bin Parameters
FOR THE DEFAULT CONFIGURATION FILE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL
PARAMETERS BE SET!! (They should all be present with no leading "*")
1001:version=40
█▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀█
█ STANDARD PRINTER PARAMETERS █
█▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄▄█
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ LASR-MAN prints books & pamphlets: Saves Tree
s! ÷
*1011:print_no_page_message[80]=÷ This space is intentionally left blank ÷
1012:<21>print_landscape[9]={27}&l1O
1013:<23>print_portrait[9]={27}&l0O
1014:<24>print_reset[24]={27}E{27}&l2A
1015:<25>print_underlineoff[9]={27}&d@
1016:<26>print_underlineon[9]={27}&dD
1017:<27>print_topline_normal[9]={27}&a0R
1018:<333>print_font[9]={27}(10U
1021:<28>char_for_control=■
1022:chars_for_continue[10]=═══>>
1023:char_for_formfeed=\
1031:print_char_horiz_block=▀
1032:print_char_horiz_thin=─
1041:print_char_vert_block=█
1042:print_char_vert_thin=│
1099:<22>print_newsheet[9]={12}
1999:<134>end=Yes
----- FILE CONTINUES ----
125
EDITING THE CONFIGURATION FILES LASR-MAN Version 4.0
LASR-MAN PRINTER COMMAND CHANGE CONFIGURATION FILE
LASR-MAN PRINTER CONFIGURATION CHANGE FILE
NAME: NONOPAGE.LMC
: Suppresses the no page message
: Copyright 1991-1992, Micrometric, All Rights Reserved.
SOURCE: 04-12-92 Micrometric, Sarasota, FL.
To change a value from its default, remove the leading "*", if present, and
change the parameter after the equal sign to the desired value. All parameters
starting with a "*" will use the value previously loaded.
1001:version=40
1006:any_size_bin=Yes
1011:print_no_page_message[80]=
1999:end=Yes
126
LASR-MAN FILES
The files required for LASR-MAN operation consist of:
LASR-MAN.EXE . . Executable program
LASR-MAN.LMG . . Printer configuration file
The additional files necessary for FULL LASR-MAN operation consist of:
BINDMARG.LMC . . Configuration change file for a binding margin
LASR-MAN.HLP . . Help text information
LASR-MAN.ORD . . Shareware/retail registration order form
SMALL-*.LMF . . . Small (23cpi) font
TINY-*.LMF . . . Tiny (32cpi) font
The files supplied to aid in the use of LASR-MAN consist of:
INITIAL.LMO . . . Initial option settings option file
LASR-MAN.DOC . . LASR-MAN documentation manual
NONOPAGE.LMC . . Configuration change file to suppress the blank page message
PAGES-08.DOC . . Eight page test print document
PAGES-16.DOC . . Sixteen page test print document
SAMPLE.LMV . . . Sample cover file with large letters
The additional files on the distribution diskette consist of:
DESC.SDI . . . . BBS program description
FILE_ID.DIZ . . . BBS program description
LASR-MAN.WHO . . List of LASR-MAN files on the distribution diskette
README . . . . . Text file consisting of program summary, features, and history
The files that can be generated or used by LASR-MAN consist of:
*.LMC . . . . . . Change configuration files. See the chapter "EDITING THE CON-
FIGURATION FILES" for information on their format and use.
*.LMO . . . . . . Saved option files. These files may be edited using an ASCII
word processor and any option changed or removed.
*.LMV . . . . . . Cover files. These files may be created and edited by an ASCII
word processor. Their line width should be equal or less than
the characters per line allowed by the selected STYLE OF OUT-
PUT that will be used.
127
LASR-MAN FILES LASR-MAN Version 4.0
128
GLOSSARY
1 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints one page on a sheet.
2 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints two pages on a sheet.
4 UP TYPE . Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet.
8 UP TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one side
of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet.
BOOK PAGE . A book page is one side of the portion of a sheet that contains no
fold for either PAMPHLET or BOOK type printing styles. It may contain
one, two or four pages of text.
BOOK TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on
the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of
the first. Multiple files are treated as chapters in the book, and the
output is a single group of sheets.
BRAND . Create a registration file with your name and the system serial number.
CHANGE CONFIG(URATION) FILE . A file containing printer control commands used to
alter the defaults loaded from the CONFIGURATION FILE for a single
program execution.
CONFIG(URATION) FILE A file containing the printer control language (PCL) com-
mands for the specific sizes and sources of paper. This file also con-
tains the messages displayed at the end of the first printing pass,
when the sheets are being printed on both sides.
COVER FILE A text file to be printed before the selected file(s). This file may
be of any length and must have an extension of ".LMV".
CPI . . Characters per inch.
CPL . . Characters per line.
DOUBLE TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides
of a sheet. Prints one page on a side and two pages on a sheet.
DOUBLE SIDED LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and
printing on both sides of a sheet. Prints one page on a side two pages
on a sheet.
DOUBLE PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Each file is
printed on a separate group of sheets.
129
GLOSSARY LASR-MAN Version 4.0
DOUBLE BOOK TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a sheet. Multiple files are
treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of
sheets.
ELITE . Pitch of twelve characters per inch, printed at eight lines per inch.
HEXADECIMAL TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints eight pages on a side and sixteen pages
on a sheet.
LANDSCAPE . Orientation where the long side of the sheet is horizontal.
LANDSCAPE TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on one
side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet.
LINE PRINTER Pitch of 16.67 characters per inch printed at 9.34 lines per
inch.
LINE/PAGE LIMIT . Maximum text lines to allow on a page. This value can override
the defined lines per page based on the PAPER SIZE, as long as it is
less.
LPI . . Lines per inch.
LPP . . Lines per page.
MAXC/L Maximum characters per line.
MAXL/P Maximum lines per page.
OCTAL TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on both sides
of a sheet. Prints four pages per side and eight pages on a sheet.
OPTION FILE A file that contains a set of LASR-MAN options that may be loaded
either from the command line or by menu selection.
ORIENTATION The location of the printing on sheets, either portrait or land-
scape.
PAGE . A logical block of text data terminated by a form feed character or the
maximum number of lines per page.
PAGE DIVIDERS Lines, separating text pages, printed on sheets with more than
one text page per side.
PAGE FLOW . The orientation of text pages on sheets with four or more pages per
side: either horizontal or vertical.
PAGES/SIDE The number of text pages that are printed on one side of a sheet of
paper.
130
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 GLOSSARY
PAGES/BOOK PAGE . The number of text pages that will appear on the page of ei-
ther a pamphlet or a book when the pamphlet/book pages are cut/folded.
PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints four pages on a sheet with the first page on
the right side of the first sheet and the second page on the back of
the first. Each file is printed on a separate group of sheets. Pamphlet
type style prints each file on separate sheets while book type style
uses the same sheets for all files.
PAPER BIN . The selected location from which paper to be printed is feed.
PAPER SIZE The selected size of the paper to be printed.
PASSES Number of times that the output paper sheets must be printed.
PICA . Pitch of ten characters per inch printed at six lines per inch.
PITCH . Number of characters per inch.
PORTRAIT Orientation where the long side of the sheet is vertical.
PORTRAIT TYPE Printing style using portrait orientation and printing on one
side of a sheet. Prints one text page on a sheet.
PPS . . Text pages per side.
QUAD PAMPHLET TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on
both sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Each file is
printed on a separate group of sheets.
QUAD BOOK TYPE Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints sixteen pages on a sheet. Multiple files are
treated as chapters in the book and the output is a single group of
sheets.
QUAD TYPE . Printing style using landscape orientation and printing on both
sides of a sheet. Prints two pages on a side and four pages on a sheet.
SCANS . Number of times that the group of files selected and tagged to be
printed must be read during the printing process.
SHEET . A physical piece of paper that may have more than one logical page of
data printed on it. Sheets may be printed on one side or on both sides.
SIDE . One side of a physical piece of paper.
SMALL . Pitch of 23 characters per inch printed at 12.67 lines per inch.
STYLE . The orientation and method of printing (single-sided or double-sided)
sheets.
131
GLOSSARY LASR-MAN Version 4.0
TINY . Pitch of 32 characters per inch printed at 16 lines per inch.
TYPE . Major STYLE OF OUTPUT.
U_LINE TOGGLE A character that will allow underlining of text blocks when they
are printed.
USER DISPLAY LEVEL The specified level of background information to display
when waiting for main/function menu selection.
USER MENU LEVEL . The specified level of options to allow and display on the
function menus.
132
INDEX
1-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
2-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
4-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
8-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
Action steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Actions and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 59
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 32, 87, 99, 100, 102, 104, 105
Background information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 53, 60, 62, 88
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107, 113, 127
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 43, 60, 71, 89, 91, 107, 123
Book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 15-17, 49, 50, 77, 115-117, 129, 131
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 13-15, 41, 49, 50, 74, 75, 89, 129-131
Brackets and parentheses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 23, 26-28, 129
Cancel 25, 27, 56, 57, 66, 68, 69, 79, 81, 85-87, 92, 93, 95-97, 104, 110-112,
119-121
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Change confg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 66, 68, 69, 87, 123
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 33, 66, 67, 89, 123, 126
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 71, 87, 95
Command line/environment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31
Change configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 33, 66, 67, 89, 123, 126
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34, 55, 60, 71, 81, 82, 87, 107, 127, 129
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 26, 31, 35
File - file mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 31, 37, 98
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 38, 55, 71, 87, 97, 130
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 24, 31, 39, 71, 87, 98, 119
Option file . 8, 31, 35, 40, 55, 60, 71, 79, 80, 86, 87, 107, 121, 127, 130
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 41, 55, 60, 61, 71, 87, 89, 107
Paper bin . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 45, 69, 86, 87, 107-109, 114, 121, 131
Paper size . . . 8, 18, 30, 31, 46, 55, 61, 69, 71, 72, 86, 87, 125, 130, 131
Pitch . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 10-18, 31, 47, 60, 71, 73-76, 78, 107, 130-132
Reverse second pass printing . . . . . . . . . 48, 86, 87, 107, 114, 119, 121
Style of output 29-31, 43, 47, 49, 50, 55, 61, 73-77, 92, 94, 97, 101, 109,
110, 127, 132
Title . . . . . . 8, 31, 41, 42, 51, 52, 55, 60, 61, 71, 83-87, 89, 90, 107
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 53, 62, 86-88, 132
User menu level . . . . . . . . 31, 54, 61-63, 71, 86-88, 99, 107, 119, 132
Computer key conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34, 55, 60, 71, 81, 82, 87, 107, 127, 129
Cpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 73, 78, 129
Cpl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 73, 129
Custom title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 69, 86, 87, 99
Directory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 62-65, 99, 123, 124
Change confg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 66, 68, 69, 87, 123
Data path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 69, 86, 87, 99
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 63, 68, 69, 87
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 63, 68, 69, 87
Disk not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
133
INDEX LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 49, 129
Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
Drive-directory path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 26, 31, 35
Editing the configuration file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 33, 66, 112, 123
Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 78, 130
Escape key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 79, 119, 121
Cancel exiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 119, 120
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 119, 121
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36, 86, 87, 99, 100, 102, 104, 121
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107
File select function
Archive bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 32, 87, 99, 100, 102, 104, 105
File mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36, 86, 87, 99, 100, 102, 104, 121
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 86, 87, 100-102, 104
File selection/tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 86, 87, 100-102, 104
File view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 67, 79, 81
File view key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Files required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Footer . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 18, 19, 31, 51, 52, 60, 61, 71, 73, 83, 84, 107
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 31, 37, 98
Header . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 18, 19, 31, 42, 51, 52, 62, 83, 84, 90, 110
Help key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24, 55, 59
Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 130
Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 53, 60, 62, 88
Installing the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 55, 73, 77
Landscape orientation . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 10, 49, 61, 73, 74, 113, 129-131
Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 10, 49, 74, 129, 130
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 130
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 38, 55, 71, 87, 97, 130
Lpi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Lpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 73, 130
Main menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Major features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Manual format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Maxc/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 102, 109, 130
Maxl/p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 102, 109, 130
Menu border . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Menu type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 24, 31, 39, 71, 87, 98, 119
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 60, 71, 89, 92, 107
Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 130
Operation sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Option file . . . 8, 31, 35, 40, 55, 60, 71, 79, 80, 86, 87, 107, 121, 127, 130
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 41, 55, 60, 61, 71, 87, 89, 107
Binding margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107, 113, 127
Blank lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 43, 60, 71, 89, 91, 107, 123
File page start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107
No left margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 60, 71, 89, 92, 107
134
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INDEX
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 90, 130
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 12, 43, 60, 89, 91, 107, 130
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 60, 71, 89, 92, 107
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 92, 93, 107
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 94, 107
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 127, 132
U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 93, 107, 132
Options function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 53-55, 71, 85
Change menu colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 71, 87, 95
Cover file . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34, 55, 60, 71, 81, 82, 87, 107, 127, 129
Line/page limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 38, 55, 71, 87, 97, 130
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 24, 31, 39, 71, 87, 98, 119
Option file . 8, 31, 35, 40, 55, 60, 71, 79, 80, 86, 87, 107, 121, 127, 130
Option switches . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 41, 55, 60, 61, 71, 87, 89, 107
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 51, 55, 61, 71, 83, 84, 86, 87
Paper size . . . 8, 18, 30, 31, 46, 55, 61, 69, 71, 72, 86, 87, 125, 130, 131
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Style of output 29-31, 43, 47, 49, 50, 55, 61, 73-77, 92, 94, 97, 101, 109,
110, 127, 132
User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 54, 55, 61, 62, 71, 86-88
Page dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 90, 130
Page flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 12, 43, 60, 89, 91, 107, 130
Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Page title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 51, 55, 61, 71, 83, 84, 86, 87
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 116, 117, 131
Pages/side . . . . . . . . 10-17, 60, 71, 73, 76, 84, 90, 91, 107, 115-117, 130
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 13-15, 29, 41, 49, 74, 75, 89, 129, 131
Paper bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 45, 69, 86, 87, 107-109, 114, 121, 131
Paper size . . . . 8, 18, 30, 31, 46, 55, 61, 69, 71, 72, 86, 87, 125, 130, 131
Pass 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112
Pass 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Pica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 131
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 10-18, 31, 47, 60, 71, 73-76, 78, 107, 130-132
Elite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 78, 130
Line printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 130
Pica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 131
Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 127, 131
Tiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 127, 132
Portrait orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 49, 74, 129-131
Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 74, 131
Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 95, 103, 111
Print form feeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Print function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 102, 107, 110, 121
Paper bin . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 45, 69, 86, 87, 107-109, 114, 121, 131
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 107, 109
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 86, 87, 107, 114, 119, 121
Print style overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 10, 73, 77
Print these selected files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 107, 109
Printer not ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Printing complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 112
Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 131
135
INDEX LASR-MAN Version 4.0
Reload the defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Restore conf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 63, 68, 69, 87
Restore path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 63, 68, 69, 87
Return to DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 119, 120
Reverse 2nd pass output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 86, 87, 107, 114, 119, 121
Running LASR-MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 24, 28, 29, 59
Save options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 119, 121
Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 101, 107, 109
Shareware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 9, 19-21, 23, 120, 127
Shareware distributed documentation manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Sheet . . 7, 8, 10-18, 42, 43, 46-49, 51, 56, 72-76, 90, 91, 101, 107, 109-111,
114, 115, 129, 130, 131
Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18, 49, 60, 61, 71, 73-75, 107, 129-131
Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 127, 131
Spaces/tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 60, 71, 89, 92, 107
Style of output . . 29-31, 43, 47, 49, 50, 55, 61, 73-77, 92, 94, 97, 101, 109,
110, 127, 132
1-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
2-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
4-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
8-up type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
Book type . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 13-15, 41, 49, 50, 74, 75, 89, 129-131
Double sided landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 49, 129
Double type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 129
Hexadecimal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 130
Landscape type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 10, 49, 74, 129, 130
Octal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 130
Pages/book page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 116, 117, 131
Pages/side . . . . . . . 10-17, 60, 71, 73, 76, 84, 90, 91, 107, 115-117, 130
Pamphlet type . . . . . . . . . . 8, 13-15, 29, 41, 49, 74, 75, 89, 129, 131
Pitch . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 10-18, 31, 47, 60, 71, 73-76, 78, 107, 130-132
Portrait type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 74, 131
Quad type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 131
Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18, 49, 60, 61, 71, 73-75, 107, 129-131
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 73, 74, 76
Style type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 73, 74, 76
Switch titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 60, 89, 107
System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tab print width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 92, 93, 107
Text word wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 94, 107
Tiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 47, 78, 127, 132
Title . . . . . . . . 8, 31, 41, 42, 51, 52, 55, 60, 61, 71, 83-87, 89, 90, 107
Title headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 42, 47, 60, 78, 89, 90, 107, 127, 132
Title segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85, 89, 90
Type text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 101, 102, 109
U_line toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 60, 71, 89, 93, 107, 132
User level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 54, 55, 61, 62, 71, 86-88
Advanced user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 59
Expert user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
User display level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 53, 62, 86-88, 132
User menu level . . . . . . . . 31, 54, 61-63, 71, 86-88, 99, 107, 119, 132
Wildcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 36, 104
■■■■-MAN programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
136
LASR-MAN Version 4.0 INDEX
137